<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Rjt</id>
	<title>Gramps - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Rjt"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php/Special:Contributions/Rjt"/>
	<updated>2026-07-08T15:53:42Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.31.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Mac_OS_X:Application_package&amp;diff=26860</id>
		<title>Mac OS X:Application package</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Mac_OS_X:Application_package&amp;diff=26860"/>
		<updated>2011-03-01T15:48:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: /* Building GRAMPS from Scratch */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Developers/Packaging]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Notice:''' this page describes the [http://gtk-osx.sourceforge.net/ GTK-OSX] port of GRAMPS to Mac, which has not been thoroughly tested. Everything should work just as it does on Linux, but you are encouraged to make backups to protect your data. Time Machine will do very nicely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Notice:''' This page is in transition at the moment; a new set of binaries for 3.2.4 will be available shortly. The build instructions will be changed first, as they will enable you to build your own 3.2.4 bundle from sources. Most of issues below apply only to the 3.1.2 build and have been corrected for 3.2.4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' The 3.1.2 installer left out two files:&lt;br /&gt;
#''_strptime.py''. You can get the file from  [http://www.gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=3177 here].&lt;br /&gt;
#''keysyms.py''. You can get the file from  [http://www.gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=3157 here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The GTK-OSX port of GRAMPS for Mac is a single, stand-alone bundle which uses the native quartz windowing system instead of X11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mac GRAMPS is available for both Intel and PPC Macs.  OS X 10.5 (Leopard) is presently required; WebKitGtk doesn't presently work on earlier versions. The distribution page carries both a binary application that should work as soon as it is downloaded. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to Download and run the binary GRAMPS application for Mac ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File structure:''' GRAMPS database and settings files can be found at the following places in the Mac file system (GRAMPS Version 3.2.5):&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The GRAMPS database with the user's genealogical information is stored under /Users/&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;/Library/Application Support/gramps/grampsdb.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting files (ini-files) are found here: /Users/&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;/Library/Application Support/gramps/gramps32&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Start-up settings for GRAMPS (for e. g. the environment variable LANG) can be accessed through Gramps.app (generally in /Applications): Right click on &amp;quot;Gramps.app&amp;quot;,  select &amp;quot;Show Package Content&amp;quot; from the menu, the start-up settings are found in the file Contents/MacOS/Gramps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download:''' Select one of [http://sourceforge.net/projects/gramps/files/Stable/ Intel] or &lt;br /&gt;
[http://sourceforge.net/projects/gramps/files/Stable/ PPC]. You'll get a download window. Once it's downloaded (it may take a while, they're 38M each), you can open the dmg (just double click on it in Finder if your browser doesn't open it automatically) and drag the Gramps application wherever you like. Once installed on your computer, it opens like any other application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Back up your databases:''' If you're using Time Machine, that's already taken care of. (You do test your Time Machine backups periodically, right?) But it doesn't hurt to have a spare copy set aside before starting up a new version. If you've been using the Gtk-OSX build, version 3.2.4 or later, just copy Library/Application Support/gramps/grampsdb. (Right click/option click and select &amp;quot;Make a copy&amp;quot; from the menu. It will be named grampsdb(2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''New Version Notice:''' The new (3.2.4 and later) builds will default to using your Library/Application Support/gramps folder, which, if you want to keep your old database and settings, you'll need to create. Unless you've changed the location in Preferences, they're in a hidden folder in your home directory called &amp;quot;.gramps&amp;quot;. Select a Finder window and select Go&amp;gt;Go to Folder from the menu. Type &amp;quot;/Users/yourname/.gramps&amp;quot; in the dialog box that opens up, and click on &amp;quot;Go&amp;quot;. (Yes, subsitute your userid for &amp;quot;yourname&amp;quot;.) The hidden folder will appear, highlighted and open. Option-drag the whole thing to Library/Application Support (the one in your home folder, not the one in your boot drive's &amp;quot;root&amp;quot; directory). Slow-double-click on the new copy so that you can edit the name and delete the '.' at the beginning to unhide it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language:''' The GRAMPS application takes per default its working language from the System Preferences - International (Languages &amp;amp; Text in Snow Leopard) settings. It will search the list in order and select the first one for which there is a Gramps translation. It is, however, possible to decouple the language that you use for GRAMPS from your system language setting by modifying the GRAMPS start-up settings file. Find the &amp;quot;Gramps.app&amp;quot; file (generally in /Applications). Right click (CTRL-click) on the file and select &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Show Package Content&amp;quot; from the menu. Open Contents/MacOS/Gramps with a text editor (e. g. XCode for syntax highlighting). Add the following two lines after the default language selection routines at line 105:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 unset LANG&lt;br /&gt;
 export LANG=&amp;lt;locale&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, use &amp;quot;export LANG=fr_FR.UTF-8&amp;quot; for a French speaking GRAMPS running on an English MacOS. Save the file. Check which locales are installed on your Mac and how they are called by typing &amp;quot;locale -a&amp;quot; in the Terminal application.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on language choices in GRAMPS see the following wiki page: &lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Howto:Change_the_language_of_reports#Run_GRAMPS_in_a_different_language Run_GRAMPS_in_a_different_language]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Links with other programs:''' Double clicking an image in the media reference editor should bring up Apple Preview, or a similar program, to view the image. Clicking the view button in an internet reference should bring up the URL in the default browser. Clicking the Google Maps button in the Places display should bring up the map in the browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GRAMPS doesn't use the X11 Mac package. It's useful to install [http://www.documentfoundation.org/download/ LibreOffice] (or [http://www.neoffice.org NeoOffice], a more mac-friendly version) and [http://www.graphviz.org/ Graphviz] to produce reports, but they are both straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Dictionaries:''' The spelling checker uses  MySpell dictionaries -- the same ones that [http://www.documentfoundation.org/download/ LibreOffice] and NeoOffice use. Unfortunately, they bury them in their application bundles, so you can find them to [http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Dictionaries download here]. You need to install them in /Library/Dictionaries, and you'll need to authenticate as an administrator to do so. If you have one of them installed and know how to make symbolic links from the command line, you'll find them in Contents/share/uno_packages/cache/uno_packages, scattered about in the hash-named directories. You'll need to link both the aff and dic files (e.g., en_US.aff and en_US.dic).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== If something seems to go wrong ===&lt;br /&gt;
You'll find error messages in the console log, which you can view with /Applications/Utilities/Console.app&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bugs==&lt;br /&gt;
All of the known bugs in 3.1.2 have been corrected in 3.2.4. There will no doubt be new ones; report them in the usual way on [http://www.gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Mantis] ([http://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Using_the_bug_tracker instructions]). When reporting what you're sure is an OSX specific bug, please set the Platform field to &amp;quot;mac&amp;quot; (no quotes, caps, or spaces!) so that I can find it easily. &lt;br /&gt;
The 3.1.2 bugs are described at [[Mac gtk-osx port bugs]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Updates==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GRAMPS stores all its internal data in ~/Library/Application Support. So, to upgrade a Gramps application bundle to a newer version, just throw the old application in the Trash. Make a backup copy of your data, just in case, then download the new version of the application and just use it.  If you don't like the new version and want the old one back, throw the new version in the Trash and fetch the old one back from the Trash. The Gramps version is shown in Finder if you use column view; otherwise right click on it and select Get Info.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Building GRAMPS from Scratch==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Building Gramps from scratch is useful to produce a version not currently available as a binary (for example, a PPC version) or to produce a complete environment for debugging and further development, including debugging of all the C libraries Gramps uses, like gtk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a command-line process. It's not too difficult, but you'll be using Terminal.app, not XCode. Unfortunately, Gtk has so far resisted efforts to get it to successfully cross-compile PPC on Intel or vice-versa, so the whole process must be repeated on machines of each architecture. '''''WebKit will not build on 10.4 (Tiger) or earlier systems, nor will it build against a 10.4 SDK. You must be running 10.5 (Leopard) or newer for this procedure to succeed!'''''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
You'll need XCode, Apple's development environment. There's a copy on your OS X distribution DVD, or you can download the latest version from [http://developer.apple.com/technologies/xcode.html Apple], though you must register as a Mac developer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, read [https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/gtk-osx/wiki/Build the build instructions for Gtk-OSX], '''''especially the Prerequisites'''''. Download and run the [http://downloads.sourceforge.net/sourceforge/gtk-osx/gtk-osx-build-setup.sh gtk-osx-build-install.sh] script, which will set up jhbuild for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''It's important that jhbuild is not confused by any existing MacPorts or Fink installation.'' For this reason, it can be convenient to create a new Mac User account and log in to that account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are building for distribution, especially if you are running Snow Leopard on a 64-bit capable machine (Core2Duo, Core i5 or i7, or any Xeon) you should edit the file ~/.jhbuildrc-custom so that the call to &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;sdk_setup&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; looks like&lt;br /&gt;
  setup_sdk(target=&amp;quot;10.5&amp;quot;, sdk_version=&amp;quot;10.5&amp;quot;, architectures=[&amp;quot;i386&amp;quot;])&lt;br /&gt;
(If you're building on a PPC, you don't need to worry about this.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you're not familiar with using the unix command line, you might find the frequent use of &amp;quot;~&amp;quot; below puzzling. It refers to the user's home directory (mine is /Users/john; if your name is John, then yours probably is too.) You can use it that way in commands if your current directory is somewhere else.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jhbuild is installed in ~/.local/Source, and produces a binary which appears in ~/.local/bin. You'll want to add ~/.local/bin to your path:&lt;br /&gt;
  export PATH=~/.local/bin:$PATH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, you'll need to get a local copy of the gramps mac configuration stuff from svn (if you already have a gramps svn sandbox, then skip this step and substitute the path to it where appropriate below):&lt;br /&gt;
  svn co https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/trunk/mac gramps-mac&lt;br /&gt;
That will make a current copy from the repository in your current directory, which we'll assume to be ~.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Gtk-OSX build instructions are very straightforward, but we need to deviate from them a bit to keep from doing things more than once. Run the following commands from the terminal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild bootstrap&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to build berkeleydb:&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild --moduleset=~/gramps-mac/gramps.modules build berkeleydb&lt;br /&gt;
And rebuild python to include the bsddb module (it will notice that we have berkeleydb and do it automatically)&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild --moduleset=bootstrap.modules buildone --force python&lt;br /&gt;
Now we're ready to build everything else:&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild --moduleset=~/gramps-mac/gramps.modules build meta-gtk-osx-bootstrap meta-gtk-osx-core meta-gtk-osx-python gramps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jhbuild by default puts everything it is building in ~/gtk (controlled by the hidden files ~/.jhbuildrc and ~/.jhbuildrc-custom ). ~/gtk/source contains the downloaded sources, and ~/gtk/inst contains the built libraries and applications. More is built than is needed in the final Gramps application - for example, the build tools are themselves built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this point, you can do&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild shell&lt;br /&gt;
  gramps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at the command line and run gramps. Most everything will work (see the note about spelling dictionaries above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you've done this once, you can generally get away with just running &lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild --moduleset=~/gramps-mac/gramps.modules build meta-gtk-osx-bootstrap meta-gtk-osx-core meta-gtk-osx-python gramps&lt;br /&gt;
to update everything that has been changed since the previous build. Most of the time nothing will have changed except gramps itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to build the svn trunk, you can substitute &amp;quot;gramps-svn&amp;quot; for &amp;quot;gramps&amp;quot;. If you want to have both installed, you'll need to set up separate prefixes in .jhbuildrc-custom; gramps doesn't version its installations, so the most recent will overwrite the previous build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bundling ==&lt;br /&gt;
The next step is to create an application bundle. You'll need ige-mac-bundler, so follow the instructions in the [https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/gtk-osx/wiki/Bundle Gtk-OSX Wiki] to download and install it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may need to edit &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;~/gramps-mac/Info.plist&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; to update the version number and copyright information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now open a jhbuild shell and run the bundler:&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild shell&lt;br /&gt;
  ige-mac-bundler ~/gramps-mac/gramps.bundle&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You'll have an application bundle named Gramps.app on your desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Packaging ==&lt;br /&gt;
To make an uploadable disk image, create a folder named &amp;quot;Gramps-arch-version&amp;quot;, replacing &amp;quot;arch&amp;quot; with either Intel or PPC and &amp;quot;version&amp;quot; with the current version number. Drag your app bundle to this directory. Open your build directory and copy (option-drag) the files &amp;quot;FAQ&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;COPYING&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;README&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;NEWS&amp;quot; to the Gramps folder you just made. Rename each to have a &amp;quot;.txt&amp;quot; extension so that they're readable with QuickLook. You might also rename COPYING to License.txt so that it's meaning is more clear to users who aren't familiar with the GPL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now open Applications&amp;gt;Utilities&amp;gt;Disk Utility and select File&amp;gt;New Image From Folder and select your folder, then approve the name and location. You'll have a dmg ready for distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good Luck!&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Mac_OS_X:Application_package&amp;diff=25629</id>
		<title>Mac OS X:Application package</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Mac_OS_X:Application_package&amp;diff=25629"/>
		<updated>2011-02-28T08:21:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: /* Building GRAMPS from Scratch */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Developers/Packaging]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Notice:''' this page describes the [http://gtk-osx.sourceforge.net/ GTK-OSX] port of GRAMPS to Mac, which has not been thoroughly tested. Everything should work just as it does on Linux, but you are encouraged to make backups to protect your data. Time Machine will do very nicely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Notice:''' This page is in transition at the moment; a new set of binaries for 3.2.4 will be available shortly. The build instructions will be changed first, as they will enable you to build your own 3.2.4 bundle from sources. Most of issues below apply only to the 3.1.2 build and have been corrected for 3.2.4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' The 3.1.2 installer left out two files:&lt;br /&gt;
#''_strptime.py''. You can get the file from  [http://www.gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=3177 here].&lt;br /&gt;
#''keysyms.py''. You can get the file from  [http://www.gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=3157 here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The GTK-OSX port of GRAMPS for Mac is a single, stand-alone bundle which uses the native quartz windowing system instead of X11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mac GRAMPS is available for both Intel and PPC Macs.  OS X 10.5 (Leopard) is presently required; WebKitGtk doesn't presently work on earlier versions. The distribution page carries both a binary application that should work as soon as it is downloaded. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to Download and run the binary GRAMPS application for Mac ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File structure:''' GRAMPS database and settings files can be found at the following places in the Mac file system (GRAMPS Version 3.2.5):&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The GRAMPS database with the user's genealogical information is stored under /Users/&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;/Library/Application Support/gramps/grampsdb.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting files (ini-files) are found here: /Users/&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;/Library/Application Support/gramps/gramps32&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Start-up settings for GRAMPS (for e. g. the environment variable LANG) can be accessed through Gramps.app (generally in /Applications): Right click on &amp;quot;Gramps.app&amp;quot;,  select &amp;quot;Show Package Content&amp;quot; from the menu, the start-up settings are found in the file Contents/MacOS/Gramps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download:''' Select one of [http://sourceforge.net/projects/gramps/files/Stable/ Intel] or &lt;br /&gt;
[http://sourceforge.net/projects/gramps/files/Stable/ PPC]. You'll get a download window. Once it's downloaded (it may take a while, they're 38M each), you can open the dmg (just double click on it in Finder if your browser doesn't open it automatically) and drag the Gramps application wherever you like. Once installed on your computer, it opens like any other application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Back up your databases:''' If you're using Time Machine, that's already taken care of. (You do test your Time Machine backups periodically, right?) But it doesn't hurt to have a spare copy set aside before starting up a new version. If you've been using the Gtk-OSX build, version 3.2.4 or later, just copy Library/Application Support/gramps/grampsdb. (Right click/option click and select &amp;quot;Make a copy&amp;quot; from the menu. It will be named grampsdb(2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''New Version Notice:''' The new (3.2.4 and later) builds will default to using your Library/Application Support/gramps folder, which, if you want to keep your old database and settings, you'll need to create. Unless you've changed the location in Preferences, they're in a hidden folder in your home directory called &amp;quot;.gramps&amp;quot;. Select a Finder window and select Go&amp;gt;Go to Folder from the menu. Type &amp;quot;/Users/yourname/.gramps&amp;quot; in the dialog box that opens up, and click on &amp;quot;Go&amp;quot;. (Yes, subsitute your userid for &amp;quot;yourname&amp;quot;.) The hidden folder will appear, highlighted and open. Option-drag the whole thing to Library/Application Support (the one in your home folder, not the one in your boot drive's &amp;quot;root&amp;quot; directory). Slow-double-click on the new copy so that you can edit the name and delete the '.' at the beginning to unhide it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language:''' The GRAMPS application takes per default its working language from the System Preferences - International (Languages &amp;amp; Text in Snow Leopard) settings. It will search the list in order and select the first one for which there is a Gramps translation. It is, however, possible to decouple the language that you use for GRAMPS from your system language setting by modifying the GRAMPS start-up settings file. Find the &amp;quot;Gramps.app&amp;quot; file (generally in /Applications). Right click (CTRL-click) on the file and select &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Show Package Content&amp;quot; from the menu. Open Contents/MacOS/Gramps with a text editor (e. g. XCode for syntax highlighting). Add the following two lines after the default language selection routines at line 105:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 unset LANG&lt;br /&gt;
 export LANG=&amp;lt;locale&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, use &amp;quot;export LANG=fr_FR.UTF-8&amp;quot; for a French speaking GRAMPS running on an English MacOS. Save the file. Check which locales are installed on your Mac and how they are called by typing &amp;quot;locale -a&amp;quot; in the Terminal application.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on language choices in GRAMPS see the following wiki page: &lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Howto:Change_the_language_of_reports#Run_GRAMPS_in_a_different_language Run_GRAMPS_in_a_different_language]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Links with other programs:''' Double clicking an image in the media reference editor should bring up Apple Preview, or a similar program, to view the image. Clicking the view button in an internet reference should bring up the URL in the default browser. Clicking the Google Maps button in the Places display should bring up the map in the browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GRAMPS doesn't use the X11 Mac package. It's useful to install [http://www.documentfoundation.org/download/ LibreOffice] (or [http://www.neoffice.org NeoOffice], a more mac-friendly version) and [http://www.graphviz.org/ Graphviz] to produce reports, but they are both straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Dictionaries:''' The spelling checker uses  MySpell dictionaries -- the same ones that [http://www.documentfoundation.org/download/ LibreOffice] and NeoOffice use. Unfortunately, they bury them in their application bundles, so you can find them to [http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Dictionaries download here]. You need to install them in /Library/Dictionaries, and you'll need to authenticate as an administrator to do so. If you have one of them installed and know how to make symbolic links from the command line, you'll find them in Contents/share/uno_packages/cache/uno_packages, scattered about in the hash-named directories. You'll need to link both the aff and dic files (e.g., en_US.aff and en_US.dic).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== If something seems to go wrong ===&lt;br /&gt;
You'll find error messages in the console log, which you can view with /Applications/Utilities/Console.app&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bugs==&lt;br /&gt;
All of the known bugs in 3.1.2 have been corrected in 3.2.4. There will no doubt be new ones; report them in the usual way on [http://www.gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Mantis] ([http://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Using_the_bug_tracker instructions]). When reporting what you're sure is an OSX specific bug, please set the Platform field to &amp;quot;mac&amp;quot; (no quotes, caps, or spaces!) so that I can find it easily. &lt;br /&gt;
The 3.1.2 bugs are described at [[Mac gtk-osx port bugs]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Updates==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GRAMPS stores all its internal data in ~/Library/Application Support. So, to upgrade a Gramps application bundle to a newer version, just throw the old application in the Trash. Make a backup copy of your data, just in case, then download the new version of the application and just use it.  If you don't like the new version and want the old one back, throw the new version in the Trash and fetch the old one back from the Trash. The Gramps version is shown in Finder if you use column view; otherwise right click on it and select Get Info.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Building GRAMPS from Scratch==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Building Gramps from scratch is useful to produce a version not currently available as a binary (for example, a PPC version) or to produce a complete environment for debugging and further development, including debugging of all the C libraries Gramps uses, like gtk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a command-line process. It's not too difficult, but you'll be using Terminal.app, not XCode. Unfortunately, Gtk has so far resisted efforts to get it to successfully cross-compile PPC on Intel or vice-versa, so the whole process must be repeated on machines of each architecture. '''''WebKit will not build on 10.4 (Tiger) or earlier systems, nor will it build against a 10.4 SDK. You must be running 10.5 (Leopard) or newer for this procedure to succeed!'''''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
You'll need XCode, Apple's development environment. There's a copy on your OS X distribution DVD, or you can download the latest version from [http://developer.apple.com/technologies/xcode.html Apple], though you must register as a Mac developer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, read [https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/gtk-osx/wiki/Build the build instructions for Gtk-OSX], '''''especially the Prerequisites'''''. Download and run the [http://downloads.sourceforge.net/sourceforge/gtk-osx/gtk-osx-build-setup.sh gtk-osx-build-install.sh] script, which will set up jhbuild for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''It's important that jhbuild is not confused by any existing MacPorts or Fink installation.'' For this reason, it can be convenient to create a new Mac User account and log in to that account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are building for distribution, especially if you are running Snow Leopard on a 64-bit capable machine (Core2Duo, Core i5 or i7, or any Xeon) you should edit the file ~/.jhbuildrc-custom so that the call to &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;sdk_setup&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; looks like&lt;br /&gt;
  setup_sdk(target=&amp;quot;10.5&amp;quot;, sdk_version=&amp;quot;10.5&amp;quot;, architectures=[&amp;quot;i386&amp;quot;])&lt;br /&gt;
(If you're building on a PPC, you don't need to worry about this.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you're not familiar with using the unix command line, you might find the frequent use of &amp;quot;~&amp;quot; below puzzling. It refers to the user's home directory (mine is /Users/john; if your name is John, then yours probably is too.) You can use it that way in commands if your current directory is somewhere else.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jhbuild is installed in ~/.local/Source, and produces a binary which appears in ~/.local/bin. You'll want to add ~/.local/bin to your path:&lt;br /&gt;
  export PATH=~/.local/bin:$PATH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, you'll need to get a local copy of the gramps mac configuration stuff from svn (if you already have a gramps svn sandbox, then skip this step and substitute the path to it where appropriate below):&lt;br /&gt;
  svn co https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/trunk/mac gramps-mac&lt;br /&gt;
That will make a current copy from the repository in your current directory, which we'll assume to be ~.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Gtk-OSX build instructions are very straightforward, but we need to deviate from them a bit to keep from doing things more than once. Run the following commands from the terminal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild bootstrap&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild build gettext-fw&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild --moduleset=~/gramps-mac/gramps.modules build berkeleydb&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild build python&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild --moduleset=~/gramps-mac/gramps.modules build meta-gtk-osx-bootstrap meta-gtk-osx-core meta-gtk-osx-python gramps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jhbuild by default puts everything it is building in ~/gtk (controlled by the hidden files ~/.jhbuildrc and ~/.jhbuildrc-custom ). ~/gtk/source contains the downloaded sources, and ~/gtk/inst contains the built libraries and applications. More is built than is needed in the final Gramps application - for example, the build tools are themselves built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this point, you can do&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild shell&lt;br /&gt;
  gramps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at the command line and run gramps. Most everything will work (see the note about spelling dictionaries above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you've done this once, you can generally get away with just running &lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild --moduleset=~/gramps-mac/gramps.modules build meta-gtk-osx-bootstrap meta-gtk-osx-core meta-gtk-osx-python gramps&lt;br /&gt;
to update everything that has been changed since the previous build. Most of the time nothing will have changed except gramps itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to build the svn trunk, you can substitute &amp;quot;gramps-svn&amp;quot; for &amp;quot;gramps&amp;quot;. If you want to have both installed, you'll need to set up separate prefixes in .jhbuildrc-custom; gramps doesn't version its installations, so the most recent will overwrite the previous build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bundling ==&lt;br /&gt;
The next step is to create an application bundle. You'll need ige-mac-bundler, so follow the instructions in the [https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/gtk-osx/wiki/Bundle Gtk-OSX Wiki] to download and install it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may need to edit &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;~/gramps-mac/Info.plist&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; to update the version number and copyright information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now open a jhbuild shell and run the bundler:&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild shell&lt;br /&gt;
  ige-mac-bundler ~/gramps-mac/gramps.bundle&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You'll have an application bundle named Gramps.app on your desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Packaging ==&lt;br /&gt;
To make an uploadable disk image, create a folder named &amp;quot;Gramps-arch-version&amp;quot;, replacing &amp;quot;arch&amp;quot; with either Intel or PPC and &amp;quot;version&amp;quot; with the current version number. Drag your app bundle to this directory. Open your build directory and copy (option-drag) the files &amp;quot;FAQ&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;COPYING&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;README&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;NEWS&amp;quot; to the Gramps folder you just made. Rename each to have a &amp;quot;.txt&amp;quot; extension so that they're readable with QuickLook. You might also rename COPYING to License.txt so that it's meaning is more clear to users who aren't familiar with the GPL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now open Applications&amp;gt;Utilities&amp;gt;Disk Utility and select File&amp;gt;New Image From Folder and select your folder, then approve the name and location. You'll have a dmg ready for distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good Luck!&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Mac_OS_X:Application_package&amp;diff=25628</id>
		<title>Mac OS X:Application package</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Mac_OS_X:Application_package&amp;diff=25628"/>
		<updated>2011-02-28T08:17:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: /* Building GRAMPS from Scratch */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Developers/Packaging]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Notice:''' this page describes the [http://gtk-osx.sourceforge.net/ GTK-OSX] port of GRAMPS to Mac, which has not been thoroughly tested. Everything should work just as it does on Linux, but you are encouraged to make backups to protect your data. Time Machine will do very nicely. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Notice:''' This page is in transition at the moment; a new set of binaries for 3.2.4 will be available shortly. The build instructions will be changed first, as they will enable you to build your own 3.2.4 bundle from sources. Most of issues below apply only to the 3.1.2 build and have been corrected for 3.2.4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note:''' The 3.1.2 installer left out two files:&lt;br /&gt;
#''_strptime.py''. You can get the file from  [http://www.gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=3177 here].&lt;br /&gt;
#''keysyms.py''. You can get the file from  [http://www.gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=3157 here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The GTK-OSX port of GRAMPS for Mac is a single, stand-alone bundle which uses the native quartz windowing system instead of X11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mac GRAMPS is available for both Intel and PPC Macs.  OS X 10.5 (Leopard) is presently required; WebKitGtk doesn't presently work on earlier versions. The distribution page carries both a binary application that should work as soon as it is downloaded. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to Download and run the binary GRAMPS application for Mac ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''File structure:''' GRAMPS database and settings files can be found at the following places in the Mac file system (GRAMPS Version 3.2.5):&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* The GRAMPS database with the user's genealogical information is stored under /Users/&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;/Library/Application Support/gramps/grampsdb.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Setting files (ini-files) are found here: /Users/&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;/Library/Application Support/gramps/gramps32&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Start-up settings for GRAMPS (for e. g. the environment variable LANG) can be accessed through Gramps.app (generally in /Applications): Right click on &amp;quot;Gramps.app&amp;quot;,  select &amp;quot;Show Package Content&amp;quot; from the menu, the start-up settings are found in the file Contents/MacOS/Gramps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download:''' Select one of [http://sourceforge.net/projects/gramps/files/Stable/ Intel] or &lt;br /&gt;
[http://sourceforge.net/projects/gramps/files/Stable/ PPC]. You'll get a download window. Once it's downloaded (it may take a while, they're 38M each), you can open the dmg (just double click on it in Finder if your browser doesn't open it automatically) and drag the Gramps application wherever you like. Once installed on your computer, it opens like any other application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Back up your databases:''' If you're using Time Machine, that's already taken care of. (You do test your Time Machine backups periodically, right?) But it doesn't hurt to have a spare copy set aside before starting up a new version. If you've been using the Gtk-OSX build, version 3.2.4 or later, just copy Library/Application Support/gramps/grampsdb. (Right click/option click and select &amp;quot;Make a copy&amp;quot; from the menu. It will be named grampsdb(2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''New Version Notice:''' The new (3.2.4 and later) builds will default to using your Library/Application Support/gramps folder, which, if you want to keep your old database and settings, you'll need to create. Unless you've changed the location in Preferences, they're in a hidden folder in your home directory called &amp;quot;.gramps&amp;quot;. Select a Finder window and select Go&amp;gt;Go to Folder from the menu. Type &amp;quot;/Users/yourname/.gramps&amp;quot; in the dialog box that opens up, and click on &amp;quot;Go&amp;quot;. (Yes, subsitute your userid for &amp;quot;yourname&amp;quot;.) The hidden folder will appear, highlighted and open. Option-drag the whole thing to Library/Application Support (the one in your home folder, not the one in your boot drive's &amp;quot;root&amp;quot; directory). Slow-double-click on the new copy so that you can edit the name and delete the '.' at the beginning to unhide it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language:''' The GRAMPS application takes per default its working language from the System Preferences - International (Languages &amp;amp; Text in Snow Leopard) settings. It will search the list in order and select the first one for which there is a Gramps translation. It is, however, possible to decouple the language that you use for GRAMPS from your system language setting by modifying the GRAMPS start-up settings file. Find the &amp;quot;Gramps.app&amp;quot; file (generally in /Applications). Right click (CTRL-click) on the file and select &amp;quot;&amp;quot;Show Package Content&amp;quot; from the menu. Open Contents/MacOS/Gramps with a text editor (e. g. XCode for syntax highlighting). Add the following two lines after the default language selection routines at line 105:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 unset LANG&lt;br /&gt;
 export LANG=&amp;lt;locale&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, use &amp;quot;export LANG=fr_FR.UTF-8&amp;quot; for a French speaking GRAMPS running on an English MacOS. Save the file. Check which locales are installed on your Mac and how they are called by typing &amp;quot;locale -a&amp;quot; in the Terminal application.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on language choices in GRAMPS see the following wiki page: &lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Howto:Change_the_language_of_reports#Run_GRAMPS_in_a_different_language Run_GRAMPS_in_a_different_language]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Links with other programs:''' Double clicking an image in the media reference editor should bring up Apple Preview, or a similar program, to view the image. Clicking the view button in an internet reference should bring up the URL in the default browser. Clicking the Google Maps button in the Places display should bring up the map in the browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GRAMPS doesn't use the X11 Mac package. It's useful to install [http://www.documentfoundation.org/download/ LibreOffice] (or [http://www.neoffice.org NeoOffice], a more mac-friendly version) and [http://www.graphviz.org/ Graphviz] to produce reports, but they are both straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Dictionaries:''' The spelling checker uses  MySpell dictionaries -- the same ones that [http://www.documentfoundation.org/download/ LibreOffice] and NeoOffice use. Unfortunately, they bury them in their application bundles, so you can find them to [http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Dictionaries download here]. You need to install them in /Library/Dictionaries, and you'll need to authenticate as an administrator to do so. If you have one of them installed and know how to make symbolic links from the command line, you'll find them in Contents/share/uno_packages/cache/uno_packages, scattered about in the hash-named directories. You'll need to link both the aff and dic files (e.g., en_US.aff and en_US.dic).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== If something seems to go wrong ===&lt;br /&gt;
You'll find error messages in the console log, which you can view with /Applications/Utilities/Console.app&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bugs==&lt;br /&gt;
All of the known bugs in 3.1.2 have been corrected in 3.2.4. There will no doubt be new ones; report them in the usual way on [http://www.gramps-project.org/bugs/my_view_page.php Mantis] ([http://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Using_the_bug_tracker instructions]). When reporting what you're sure is an OSX specific bug, please set the Platform field to &amp;quot;mac&amp;quot; (no quotes, caps, or spaces!) so that I can find it easily. &lt;br /&gt;
The 3.1.2 bugs are described at [[Mac gtk-osx port bugs]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Updates==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GRAMPS stores all its internal data in ~/Library/Application Support. So, to upgrade a Gramps application bundle to a newer version, just throw the old application in the Trash. Make a backup copy of your data, just in case, then download the new version of the application and just use it.  If you don't like the new version and want the old one back, throw the new version in the Trash and fetch the old one back from the Trash. The Gramps version is shown in Finder if you use column view; otherwise right click on it and select Get Info.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Building GRAMPS from Scratch==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Building Gramps from scratch is useful to produce a version not currently available as a binary (for example, a PPC version) or to produce a complete environment for debugging and further development, including debugging of all the C libraries Gramps uses, like gtk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a command-line process. It's not too difficult, but you'll be using Terminal.app, not XCode. Unfortunately, Gtk has so far resisted efforts to get it to successfully cross-compile PPC on Intel or vice-versa, so the whole process must be repeated on machines of each architecture. '''''WebKit will not build on 10.4 (Tiger) or earlier systems, nor will it build against a 10.4 SDK. You must be running 10.5 (Leopard) or newer for this procedure to succeed!'''''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
You'll need XCode, Apple's development environment. There's a copy on your OS X distribution DVD, or you can download the latest version from [http://developer.apple.com/technologies/xcode.html Apple], though you must register as a Mac developer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, read [https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/gtk-osx/wiki/Build the build instructions for Gtk-OSX], '''''especially the Prerequisites'''''. Download and run the [http://downloads.sourceforge.net/sourceforge/gtk-osx/gtk-osx-build-setup.sh gtk-osx-build-install.sh] script, which will set up jhbuild for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''It's important that jhbuild is not confused by any existing MacPorts or Fink installation.'' For this reason, it can be convenient to create a new Mac User account and log in to that account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are building for distribution, especially if you are running Snow Leopard on a 64-bit capable machine (Core2Duo, Core i5 or i7, or any Xeon) you should edit the file ~/.jhbuildrc-custom so that the call to &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;sdk_setup&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; looks like&lt;br /&gt;
  setup_sdk(target=&amp;quot;10.5&amp;quot;, sdk_version=&amp;quot;10.5&amp;quot;, architectures=[i386])&lt;br /&gt;
(If you're building on a PPC, you don't need to worry about this.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you're not familiar with using the unix command line, you might find the frequent use of &amp;quot;~&amp;quot; below puzzling. It refers to the user's home directory (mine is /Users/john; if your name is John, then yours probably is too.) You can use it that way in commands if your current directory is somewhere else.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jhbuild is installed in ~/.local/Source, and produces a binary which appears in ~/.local/bin. You'll want to add ~/.local/bin to your path:&lt;br /&gt;
  export PATH=~/.local/bin:$PATH&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, you'll need to get a local copy of the gramps mac configuration stuff from svn (if you already have a gramps svn sandbox, then skip this step and substitute the path to it where appropriate below):&lt;br /&gt;
  svn co https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/trunk/mac gramps-mac&lt;br /&gt;
That will make a current copy from the repository in your current directory, which we'll assume to be ~.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Gtk-OSX build instructions are very straightforward, but we need to deviate from them a bit to keep from doing things more than once. Run the following commands from the terminal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild bootstrap&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild build gettext-fw&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild --moduleset=~/gramps-mac/gramps.modules build berkeleydb&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild build python&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild --moduleset=~/gramps-mac/gramps.modules build meta-gtk-osx-bootstrap meta-gtk-osx-core meta-gtk-osx-python gramps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jhbuild by default puts everything it is building in ~/gtk (controlled by the hidden files ~/.jhbuildrc and ~/.jhbuildrc-custom ). ~/gtk/source contains the downloaded sources, and ~/gtk/inst contains the built libraries and applications. More is built than is needed in the final Gramps application - for example, the build tools are themselves built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this point, you can do&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild shell&lt;br /&gt;
  gramps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at the command line and run gramps. Most everything will work (see the note about spelling dictionaries above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you've done this once, you can generally get away with just running &lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild --moduleset=~/gramps-mac/gramps.modules build meta-gtk-osx-bootstrap meta-gtk-osx-core meta-gtk-osx-python gramps&lt;br /&gt;
to update everything that has been changed since the previous build. Most of the time nothing will have changed except gramps itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to build the svn trunk, you can substitute &amp;quot;gramps-svn&amp;quot; for &amp;quot;gramps&amp;quot;. If you want to have both installed, you'll need to set up separate prefixes in .jhbuildrc-custom; gramps doesn't version its installations, so the most recent will overwrite the previous build.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bundling ==&lt;br /&gt;
The next step is to create an application bundle. You'll need ige-mac-bundler, so follow the instructions in the [https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/gtk-osx/wiki/Bundle Gtk-OSX Wiki] to download and install it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may need to edit &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;~/gramps-mac/Info.plist&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; to update the version number and copyright information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now open a jhbuild shell and run the bundler:&lt;br /&gt;
  jhbuild shell&lt;br /&gt;
  ige-mac-bundler ~/gramps-mac/gramps.bundle&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You'll have an application bundle named Gramps.app on your desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Packaging ==&lt;br /&gt;
To make an uploadable disk image, create a folder named &amp;quot;Gramps-arch-version&amp;quot;, replacing &amp;quot;arch&amp;quot; with either Intel or PPC and &amp;quot;version&amp;quot; with the current version number. Drag your app bundle to this directory. Open your build directory and copy (option-drag) the files &amp;quot;FAQ&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;COPYING&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;README&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;NEWS&amp;quot; to the Gramps folder you just made. Rename each to have a &amp;quot;.txt&amp;quot; extension so that they're readable with QuickLook. You might also rename COPYING to License.txt so that it's meaning is more clear to users who aren't familiar with the GPL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now open Applications&amp;gt;Utilities&amp;gt;Disk Utility and select File&amp;gt;New Image From Folder and select your folder, then approve the name and location. You'll have a dmg ready for distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good Luck!&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18669</id>
		<title>GEPS 015: Repository Research Support</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18669"/>
		<updated>2009-08-07T15:46:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''This is a work in progress, I hope to develop the content over the next couple of weeks - rjt''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= User Stories =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1. Plan a research visit to a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aunt Martha (AM) is planning a visit to the UK National Archives at Kew, London. She wants to produce a report from GRAMPS that tells her all of the Sources that are held in the National Archives that might be of interest to her. She also wants the report to give her a list of all the people in her database that could potentially appear in those sources, without showing those that she already has the source attached to. She would also like the report to include a table with a row for each person and a column for each piece of information that the Source should contain so that she can print it out and fill it while she is at Kew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2. Import Sources for a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM has discovered the Ancestry is a great Repository that she knows is a good place to find genealogy sources relevant to her database. She wants to import the information about the sources that are held by Ancestry so that she can start her research. She clicks on the 'Import Repository' button and gets a list of all of the Repositories that are in the online GRAMPS Repository database and imports Ancestry. This populates the Sources that are contained in Ancestry and add Ancestry to her list of Repositories.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== 3. Create Research Plan for a Person ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM sits down at her computer. she has an hour to spare and what to progress her research. She selects her Grandfather, Frank in the Person View. GRAMPS shows her a research plan for Frank that shows all the Sources that Frank might be found in and the type of information that can be found in each Source. It also shows her the Repositories that contain those sources so that she can immediately start to look for the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reports =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first report is a research plan for a Repository. I shows all the sources that are held in that repository, if there are people that might appear in them. For each source if shows the candidate people and provides a template for recording the information found in the source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Research_plan_mock.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second report is an individual research plan. I shows all the sources that the person might be listed in, these would be filtered so that those that are already listed for the individual are excluded (or may listed at the end). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Individual_plan_mock.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Issues =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Supporting queries ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two primary queries:&lt;br /&gt;
 * ''get_all_people_that_might_appear_in_source(source)''&lt;br /&gt;
 * ''get_all_sources_that_a_person_might_appear_in(person)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these queries require some way of matching a Person to a Source. There are two types of source meta-data that could be used for doing this matching:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ''dates'' - if a Source had a start and end date we could match this against the result of ''probably_alive''&lt;br /&gt;
# ''places'' - places are trickier, what we want to ask is ''is this person likely to have lived somewhere in the region covered by this source''. An initial implementation might associate a Place object with a Source and match if the Person has any Place or Address references that match all of the fields that are set in the Sources Place. So for a Census the Source's Place would say England and if any of the Addresses on the Person also had England it would be a match. Source might need to have multiple Places and the matching algorithm might need to be rather fuzzy. A 'default place' might be needed to cover all the People that have no Address or Place references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think that the ''date'' matching is clearly simpler than the ''place'' matching and should be the initial target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspect of meta-data is record what information a Source contains. This could be as simple as a list of titles (e.g. Birthday, Name, Sex etc.) or it could be more sophisticated. It could be a list of Event templates. The Event templates could then be used to check against the Person, so the Source only matches against the Person if they do not have an Event of that type references to that Source. It might even be possible to right-click the Source on a Probable Sources tab on the Person and select ''Populate Events'' to create the ''empty'' events on the Person, already setup to reference the Source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to produce these reports it is going to be necessary to record additional information in the database. Most of this additional information is recorded against Sources but some will also be needed against people and possibly against Repositories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Important issues ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# It must be possible to exclude Sources altogether. Many Sources are not related to documentary evidence and you would not want them cluttering up the reports.&lt;br /&gt;
# It must be possible to exclude Sources on an Person. If you know that you have checked a Source for an Individual you want to exclude that Source from showing up next time you run the reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Plan =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should be possible to make a start on this by storing the Source meta-data in the key/value data of the Source. This will allow an initial proof-of-concept of the reports without touching the database schema.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''key'''              '''value'''&lt;br /&gt;
 _r_:start_date 1841-06-06&lt;br /&gt;
 _r_:end_date   1841-06-07&lt;br /&gt;
 _r_:include    True&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more general version of probably_alive would be needed that can take a range and decide if the Person might be alive during that period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Testing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Future Possibilities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerome's [[RepositoriesReport]] is an example what can be done at the moment. This GEP seeks to develop this idea further.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GEPS]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18668</id>
		<title>GEPS 015: Repository Research Support</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18668"/>
		<updated>2009-08-07T15:45:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''This is a work in progress, I hope to develop the content over the next couple of weeks - rjt''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= User Stories =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1. Plan a research visit to a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aunt Martha (AM) is planning a visit to the UK National Archives at Kew, London. She wants to produce a report from GRAMPS that tells her all of the Sources that are held in the National Archives that might be of interest to her. She also wants the report to give her a list of all the people in her database that could potentially appear in those sources, without showing those that she already has the source attached to. She would also like the report to include a table with a row for each person and a column for each piece of information that the Source should contain so that she can print it out and fill it while she is at Kew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2. Import Sources for a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM has discovered the Ancestry is a great Repository that she knows is a good place to find genealogy sources relevant to her database. She wants to import the information about the sources that are held by Ancestry so that she can start her research. She clicks on the 'Import Repository' button and gets a list of all of the Repositories that are in the online GRAMPS Repository database and imports Ancestry. This populates the Sources that are contained in Ancestry and add Ancestry to her list of Repositories.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== 3. Create Research Plan for a Person ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM sits down at her computer. she has an hour to spare and what to progress her research. She selects her Grandfather, Frank in the Person View. GRAMPS shows her a research plan for Frank that shows all the Sources that Frank might be found in and the type of information that can be found in each Source. It also shows her the Repositories that contain those sources so that she can immediately start to look for the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reports =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first report is a research plan for a Repository. I shows all the sources that are held in that repository, if there are people that might appear in them. For each source if shows the candidate people and provides a template for recording the information found in the source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Research_plan_mock.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second report is an individual research plan. I shows all the sources that the person might be listed in, these would be filtered so that those that are already listed for the individual are excluded (or may listed at the end). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Individual_plan_mock.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Issues =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Supporting queries ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two primary queries:&lt;br /&gt;
 * ''get_all_people_that_might_appear_in_source(source)''&lt;br /&gt;
 * ''get_all_sources_that_a_person_might_appear_in(person)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these queries require some way of matching a Person to a Source. There are two types of source meta-data that could be used for doing this matching:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ''dates'' - if a Source had a start and end date we could match this against the result of ''probably_alive''&lt;br /&gt;
# ''places'' - places are trickier, what we want to ask is ''is this person likely to have lived somewhere in the region covered by this source''. An initial implementation might associate a Place object with a Source and match if the Person has any Place or Address references that match all of the fields that are set in the Sources Place. So for a Census the Source's Place would say England and if any of the Addresses on the Person also had England it would be a match. Source might need to have multiple Places and the matching algorithm might need to be rather fuzzy. A 'default place' might be needed to cover all the People that have no Address or Place references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think that the ''date'' matching is clearly simpler than the ''place'' matching and should be the initial target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspect of meta-data is record what information a Source contains. This could be as simple as a list of titles (e.g. Birthday, Name, Sex etc.) or it could be more sophisticated. It could be a list of Event templates. The Event templates could then be used to check against the Person, so the Source only matches against the Person if they do not have an Event of that type references to that Source. It might even be possible to right-click the Source on a Probable Sources tab on the Person and select ''Populate Events'' to create the ''empty'' events on the Person, already setup to reference the Source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to produce these reports it is going to be necessary to record additional information in the database. Most of this additional information is recorded against Sources but some will also be needed against people and possibly against Repositories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Important issues ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# It must be possible to exclude Sources altogether. Many Sources are not related to documentary evidence and you would not want them cluttering up the reports.&lt;br /&gt;
# It must be possible to exclude Sources on an Person. If you know that you have checked a Source for an Individual you want to exclude that Source from showing up next time you run the reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Plan =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should be possible to make a start on this by storing the Source meta-data in the key/value data of the Source. This will allow an initial proof-of-concept of the reports without touching the database schema.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''key'''      '''value'''&lt;br /&gt;
 _r_:start_date 1841-06-06&lt;br /&gt;
 _r_:end_date   1841-06-07&lt;br /&gt;
 _r_:include    True&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more general version of probably_alive would be needed that can take a range and decide if the Person might be alive during that period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Testing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Future Possibilities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerome's [[RepositoriesReport]] is an example what can be done at the moment. This GEP seeks to develop this idea further.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GEPS]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18667</id>
		<title>GEPS 015: Repository Research Support</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18667"/>
		<updated>2009-08-07T15:20:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''This is a work in progress, I hope to develop the content over the next couple of weeks - rjt''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= User Stories =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1. Plan a research visit to a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aunt Martha (AM) is planning a visit to the UK National Archives at Kew, London. She wants to produce a report from GRAMPS that tells her all of the Sources that are held in the National Archives that might be of interest to her. She also wants the report to give her a list of all the people in her database that could potentially appear in those sources, without showing those that she already has the source attached to. She would also like the report to include a table with a row for each person and a column for each piece of information that the Source should contain so that she can print it out and fill it while she is at Kew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2. Import Sources for a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM has discovered the Ancestry is a great Repository that she knows is a good place to find genealogy sources relevant to her database. She wants to import the information about the sources that are held by Ancestry so that she can start her research. She clicks on the 'Import Repository' button and gets a list of all of the Repositories that are in the online GRAMPS Repository database and imports Ancestry. This populates the Sources that are contained in Ancestry and add Ancestry to her list of Repositories.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== 3. Create Research Plan for a Person ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM sits down at her computer. she has an hour to spare and what to progress her research. She selects her Grandfather, Frank in the Person View. GRAMPS shows her a research plan for Frank that shows all the Sources that Frank might be found in and the type of information that can be found in each Source. It also shows her the Repositories that contain those sources so that she can immediately start to look for the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reports =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first report is a research plan for a Repository. I shows all the sources that are held in that repository, if there are people that might appear in them. For each source if shows the candidate people and provides a template for recording the information found in the source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Research_plan_mock.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second report is an individual research plan. I shows all the sources that the person might be listed in, these would be filtered so that those that are already listed for the individual are excluded (or may listed at the end). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Individual_plan_mock.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Issues =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Supporting queries ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two primary queries:&lt;br /&gt;
 * ''get_all_people_that_might_appear_in_source(source)''&lt;br /&gt;
 * ''get_all_sources_that_a_person_might_appear_in(person)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these queries require some way of matching a Person to a Source. There are two types of source meta-data that could be used for doing this matching:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# ''dates'' - if a Source had a start and end date we could match this against the result of ''probably_alive''&lt;br /&gt;
# ''places'' - places are trickier, what we want to ask is ''is this person likely to have lived somewhere in the region covered by this source''. An initial implementation might associate a Place object with a Source and match if the Person has any Place or Address references that match all of the fields that are set in the Sources Place. So for a Census the Source's Place would say England and if any of the Addresses on the Person also had England it would be a match. Source might need to have multiple Places and the matching algorithm might need to be rather fuzzy. A 'default place' might be needed to cover all the People that have no Address or Place references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think that the ''date'' matching is clearly simpler than the ''place'' matching and should be the initial target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aspect of meta-data is record what information a Source contains. This could be as simple as a list of titles (e.g. Birthday, Name, Sex etc.) or it could be more sophisticated. It could be a list of Event templates. The Event templates could then be used to check against the Person, so the Source only matches against the Person if they do not have an Event of that type references to that Source. It might even be possible to right-click the Source on a Probable Sources tab on the Person and select ''Populate Events'' to create the ''empty'' events on the Person, already setup to reference the Source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to produce these reports it is going to be necessary to record additional information in the database. Most of this additional information is recorded against Sources but some will also be needed against people and possibly against Repositories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Important issues ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# It must be possible to exclude Sources altogether. Many Sources are not related to documentary evidence and you would not want them cluttering up the reports.&lt;br /&gt;
# It must be possible to exclude Sources on an Person. If you know that you have checked a Source for an Individual you want to exclude that Source from showing up next time you run the reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Plan =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should be possible to make a start on this by storing the Source meta-data in the key/value data of the Source. This will allow an initial proof-of-concept of the reports without touching the database schema.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more general version of probably_alive would be needed that can take a range and decide if the Person might be alive during that period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Testing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Future Possibilities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerome's [[RepositoriesReport]] is an example what can be done at the moment. This GEP seeks to develop this idea further.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GEPS]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18666</id>
		<title>GEPS 015: Repository Research Support</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18666"/>
		<updated>2009-08-07T15:13:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''This is a work in progress, I hope to develop the content over the next couple of weeks - rjt''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= User Stories =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1. Plan a research visit to a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aunt Martha (AM) is planning a visit to the UK National Archives at Kew, London. She wants to produce a report from GRAMPS that tells her all of the Sources that are held in the National Archives that might be of interest to her. She also wants the report to give her a list of all the people in her database that could potentially appear in those sources, without showing those that she already has the source attached to. She would also like the report to include a table with a row for each person and a column for each piece of information that the Source should contain so that she can print it out and fill it while she is at Kew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2. Import Sources for a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM has discovered the Ancestry is a great Repository that she knows is a good place to find genealogy sources relevant to her database. She wants to import the information about the sources that are held by Ancestry so that she can start her research. She clicks on the 'Import Repository' button and gets a list of all of the Repositories that are in the online GRAMPS Repository database and imports Ancestry. This populates the Sources that are contained in Ancestry and add Ancestry to her list of Repositories.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== 3. Create Research Plan for a Person ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM sits down at her computer. she has an hour to spare and what to progress her research. She selects her Grandfather, Frank in the Person View. GRAMPS shows her a research plan for Frank that shows all the Sources that Frank might be found in and the type of information that can be found in each Source. It also shows her the Repositories that contain those sources so that she can immediately start to look for the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reports =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first report is a research plan for a Repository. I shows all the sources that are held in that repository, if there are people that might appear in them. For each source if shows the candidate people and provides a template for recording the information found in the source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Research_plan_mock.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second report is an individual research plan. I shows all the sources that the person might be listed in, these would be filtered so that those that are already listed for the individual are excluded (or may listed at the end). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Individual_plan_mock.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Issues =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Supporting queries ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two primary queries:&lt;br /&gt;
 * ''get_all_people_that_might_appear_in_source(source)''&lt;br /&gt;
 * ''get_all_sources_that_a_person_might_appear_in(person)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these queries require some way of matching a Person to a Source. There are two types of source meta-data that could be used for doing this matching:&lt;br /&gt;
 * ''dates'' - if a Source had a start and end date we could match this against the result of ''probably_alive''&lt;br /&gt;
 * ''places'' - places are trickier, what we want to ask is ''is this person likely to have lived somewhere in the region covered by this source''. An initial implementation might associate a Place object with a Source and match if the Person has any Place or Address references that match all of the fields that are set in the Sources Place. So for a Census the Source's Place would say England and if any of the Addresses on the Person also had England it would be a match. Source might need to have multiple Places and the matching algorithm might need to be rather fuzzy. A 'default place' might be need to cover all the People that have no Address or Place references.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think that the ''date'' matching is clearly simpler than the ''place'' matching and should be the initial target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to produce these reports it is going to be necessary to record additional information in the database. Most of this additional information is recorded against Sources but some will also be needed against people and possibly against Repositories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Important issues ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# It must be possible to exclude Sources altogether. Many Sources are not related to documentary evidence and you would not want the cluttering up the reports.&lt;br /&gt;
# It must be possible to exclude Sources on an Person. If you know that you have checked a Source for an Individual you want to exclude that Source from showing up next time you run the reports.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Plan =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should be possible to make a start on this by storing the Source meta-data in the key/value data of the Source. This will allow an initial proof-of-concept of the reports without touching the database schema.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more general version of probably_alive would be needed that can take a range and decide if the Person might be alive during that period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Testing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Future Possibilities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerome's [[RepositoriesReport]] is an example what can be done at the moment. This GEP seeks to develop this idea further.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GEPS]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18665</id>
		<title>GEPS 015: Repository Research Support</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18665"/>
		<updated>2009-08-07T14:49:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''This is a work in progress, I hope to develop the content over the next couple of weeks - rjt''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= User Stories =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1. Plan a research visit to a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aunt Martha (AM) is planning a visit to the UK National Archives at Kew, London. She wants to produce a report from GRAMPS that tells her all of the Sources that are held in the National Archives that might be of interest to her. She also wants the report to give her a list of all the people in her database that could potentially appear in those sources, without showing those that she already has the source attached to. She would also like the report to include a table with a row for each person and a column for each piece of information that the Source should contain so that she can print it out and fill it while she is at Kew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2. Import Sources for a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM has discovered the Ancestry is a great Repository that she knows is a good place to find genealogy sources relevant to her database. She wants to import the information about the sources that are held by Ancestry so that she can start her research. She clicks on the 'Import Repository' button and gets a list of all of the Repositories that are in the online GRAMPS Repository database and imports Ancestry. This populates the Sources that are contained in Ancestry and add Ancestry to her list of Repositories.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== 3. Create Research Plan for a Person ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM sits down at her computer. she has an hour to spare and what to progress her research. She selects her Grandfather, Frank in the Person View. GRAMPS shows her a research plan for Frank that shows all the Sources that Frank might be found in and the type of information that can be found in each Source. It also shows her the Repositories that contain those sources so that she can immediately start to look for the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reports =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Research_plan_mock.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Individual_plan_mock.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Issues =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Plan =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Testing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Future Possibilities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerome's [[RepositoriesReport]] is an example what can be done at the moment. This GEP seeks to develop this idea further.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GEPS]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18664</id>
		<title>GEPS 015: Repository Research Support</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18664"/>
		<updated>2009-08-07T14:49:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: Add report mock ups&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''This is a work in progress, I hope to develop the content over the next couple of weeks - rjt''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= User Stories =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1. Plan a research visit to a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aunt Martha (AM) is planning a visit to the UK National Archives at Kew, London. She wants to produce a report from GRAMPS that tells her all of the Sources that are held in the National Archives that might be of interest to her. She also wants the report to give her a list of all the people in her database that could potentially appear in those sources, without showing those that she already has the source attached to. She would also like the report to include a table with a row for each person and a column for each piece of information that the Source should contain so that she can print it out and fill it while she is at Kew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2. Import Sources for a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM has discovered the Ancestry is a great Repository that she knows is a good place to find genealogy sources relevant to her database. She wants to import the information about the sources that are held by Ancestry so that she can start her research. She clicks on the 'Import Repository' button and gets a list of all of the Repositories that are in the online GRAMPS Repository database and imports Ancestry. This populates the Sources that are contained in Ancestry and add Ancestry to her list of Repositories.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== 3. Create Research Plan for a Person ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM sits down at her computer. she has an hour to spare and what to progress her research. She selects her Grandfather, Frank in the Person View. GRAMPS shows her a research plan for Frank that shows all the Sources that Frank might be found in and the type of information that can be found in each Source. It also shows her the Repositories that contain those sources so that she can immediately start to look for the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reports =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Research_plan_mock.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Individual_plan_mock.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Issues =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Plan =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Testing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Future Possibilities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerome's [[RepositoriesReport]] is an example what can be done at the moment. This GEP seeks to develop this idea further.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GEPS]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Individual_plan_mock.jpg&amp;diff=18663</id>
		<title>File:Individual plan mock.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Individual_plan_mock.jpg&amp;diff=18663"/>
		<updated>2009-08-07T14:49:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: Individual research plan mockup&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Individual research plan mockup&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18662</id>
		<title>GEPS 015: Repository Research Support</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18662"/>
		<updated>2009-08-07T14:04:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''This is a work in progress, I hope to develop the content over the next couple of weeks - rjt''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= User Stories =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1. Plan a research visit to a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aunt Martha (AM) is planning a visit to the UK National Archives at Kew, London. She wants to produce a report from GRAMPS that tells her all of the Sources that are held in the National Archives that might be of interest to her. She also wants the report to give her a list of all the people in her database that could potentially appear in those sources, without showing those that she already has the source attached to. She would also like the report to include a table with a row for each person and a column for each piece of information that the Source should contain so that she can print it out and fill it while she is at Kew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2. Import Sources for a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM has discovered the Ancestry is a great Repository that she knows is a good place to find genealogy sources relevant to her database. She wants to import the information about the sources that are held by Ancestry so that she can start her research. She clicks on the 'Import Repository' button and gets a list of all of the Repositories that are in the online GRAMPS Repository database and imports Ancestry. This populates the Sources that are contained in Ancestry and add Ancestry to her list of Repositories.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== 3. Create Research Plan for a Person ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM sits down at her computer. she has an hour to spare and what to progress her research. She selects her Grandfather, Frank in the Person View. GRAMPS shows her a research plan for Frank that shows all the Sources that Frank might be found in and the type of information that can be found in each Source. It also shows her the Repositories that contain those sources so that she can immediately start to look for the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reports =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Research_plan_mock.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Issues =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Plan =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Testing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Future Possibilities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerome's [[RepositoriesReport]] is an example what can be done at the moment. This GEP seeks to develop this idea further.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GEPS]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Research_plan_mock.jpg&amp;diff=18661</id>
		<title>File:Research plan mock.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Research_plan_mock.jpg&amp;diff=18661"/>
		<updated>2009-08-07T14:03:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: Mock up of repository research report.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Mock up of repository research report.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Brief_introduction_to_SVN&amp;diff=18649</id>
		<title>Brief introduction to SVN</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Brief_introduction_to_SVN&amp;diff=18649"/>
		<updated>2009-08-07T09:34:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: Added developer guidance for development branches.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The development source code of GRAMPS is stored in the SVN repository. This helps synchronizing changes from various developers, tracking changes, managing releases, etc. If you are reading this, you probably want to do just two things with SVN: download latest source or the development version, or upload your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Types of branches ==&lt;br /&gt;
There are four kinds of branches in the Subversion Repository:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''trunk'' - There is only one trunk. All new feature development happens in the trunk. New releases never come from the trunk. The trunk for GRAMPS can be found here: https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/trunk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''maintenance'' - There are many maintenance branches. A maintenance branch is created from the trunk when all the features for a release are complete. New features are not committed to maintenance branch. Releases only come from maintenance branches. The purpose of maintenance branches is to allow the line of code to stabilize while new features are added in trunk. Maintenance branches can be found here: https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/branches/maintenance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''geps'' - These are meant for development of [[Gramps Enhancement Proposals|Portal:Enhancement_Proposals]]. Most of the time GEPS are developed in the ''trunk''. Occassionally a GEP will require extensive reworking or long periods when the code base is ususable. In these cases a branch in ''geps'' can be used as a temporary development area. Once the hard work is done the change should be merged into the trunk and the ''geps'' branch should be removed. ''greps'' branches should follow the naming convention ''gep-&amp;lt;###&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;descriptive text&amp;gt;'' e.g. ''gep-013-server''. Please read the [[#Working with development branches]] section for help with managing these branches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''sandbox'' - These are meant for experimentation purposes. If you want to explore some ideas or try out some changes that would break the ''trunk'' or prototype something that has not made it to a GEP you can create a ''sandbox'' branch. These should be short lived. As soon as you have finished please remove the branch. We reserve the right to remove any ''sandbox'' branch that has not been touched for 12 months. ''sandbox'' branches should use the following naming convention ''&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;descriptive text&amp;gt;'' e.g. ''hippy-prototype-rss-idea''. Please read the [[#Working with development branches]] section for help with managing these branches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Release tags are created in the ''tags'' directory. The first two digits of the GRAMPS version number are reserved to indicate the maintenance branch the code came from. The last digit indicates the revision from that maintenance branch. For example, 3.0.4 would indicate the 5th release from the 3.0 branch (3.0.0, 3.0.1, 3.0.2, 3.0.3, 3.0.4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a hypothetical example:&lt;br /&gt;
Imagine that the current version of GRAMPS is 8.3.2. A new series of features has been added in trunk and are ready for release. A new maintenance branch is created from trunk named 8.4 (or possibly 9.0 depending on the nature of the new features). New features continue to be added in trunk that will not be included in the 8.4 series of releases, but will be included in the 8.5 series. Bug fixes continue to occur in the 8.4 branch until the code is deemed worthy of release. At that time, a release is tagged from the 8.4 maintenance branch and named 8.4.0. Some time after the release of 8.4.0, some bugs are found and fixed in the 8.4 maintenance branch. Those bug fixes are released as 8.4.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Stable version 3.1.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* To download the source to a /home/~user/gramps31 directory, you can use two methods to access the SVN repository:&lt;br /&gt;
# An http frontend to gramps SVN&lt;br /&gt;
# SVN access &lt;br /&gt;
* To upload your changes, you have to have developer access. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method requires that svn be installed on your system (Debian/Ubuntu: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;apt-get install subversion&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;; Fedora: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;yum install subversion&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
With the SVN method, type the following in the command line: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   svn co https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/branches/gramps31 gramps31&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should see the downloading progress reported in your terminal. If you would like to update your source tree after some time, execute the following command in the top directory of the gramps31 source tree:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   svn update&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
To commit your changes, you can execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   svn commit -m &amp;quot;message describing the nature of the change&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since uploading is a potentially dangerous operation, you have to explicitly obtain a write access to the SVN repository from [[Contact|Brian Matherly or Benny Malengier]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Unstable development: &amp;quot;trunk&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Also see:  [[Running_a_development_version_of_Gramps|Running a development version of GRAMPS]], and [[Getting Started with GRAMPS 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Packages ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Unix-like systems''': a first beta has been released as a downloadable package, see [http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=25770 sourceforge unstable]. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Windows systems''': follow the directions at http://www.dancingpaper.com/gramps/. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Obtain it===&lt;br /&gt;
As of January 2009, there are several versions of the gramps code in SVN. The development branch for small changes and bug fixes is 'gramps31' and 'trunk' has been created for the ongoing unstable version. If this talk of 'branch' and 'trunk' sounds confusing you might like to read the list message [http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.genealogy.gramps.devel/8678 explaining branch and trunk].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To checkout a copy of the possibly unstable trunk to ./trunk:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   svn co https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/trunk gramps32&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To checkout a copy of the last branch GRAMPS 3.1 ./gramps31:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   svn co https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/branches/gramps31 gramps31&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To checkout a copy of the older stable GRAMPS 3.0 ./gramps30:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   svn co https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/branches/gramps30 gramps30&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To checkout a copy of the older stable GRAMPS 2.2 ./gramps22:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   svn co https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/branches/gramps22 gramps22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Prepare it ===&lt;br /&gt;
Now go into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;gramps30&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; directory and type&lt;br /&gt;
 ./autogen.sh&lt;br /&gt;
You will get warnings of missing packages that GRAMPS needs to build from source. The most common warnings are, that you miss the gnome-common package if you run under Linux and Gnome. If you run Ubuntu install via Synaptic the 'gnome-common' (version 2.20.0-0ubuntu1): common scripts and macros to develop with GNOME: gnome-common is an extension to autoconf, automake and libtool for the GNOME&lt;br /&gt;
environment and GNOME using applications. Included are gnome-autogen.sh and several macros to help in both GNOME and GNOME 2.0 source trees. Install these and/or any other missing packages, read INSTALL and README file in the gramps30 dir for pointers. An important library is also libglib2.0-dev. Check whether your system has this package installed.&lt;br /&gt;
This will execute the make command too. If not, type after the above&lt;br /&gt;
 make&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{man warn|1=Warning|2=Do not install the development version. That is, do '''not''' type {{man label|sudo make install}}. }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Building with Fedora 8 - 10 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are the packages you need:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
yum install gnome-common intltool glib2-devel gnome-doc-utils gcc emacs gettext subversion make rcs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can run the '''./autogen.sh''' script and then '''make'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Windows ====&lt;br /&gt;
This step appears unnecessary on windows? See [[Installation#Installing_from_source_code_on_Windows]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Run the development version ===&lt;br /&gt;
As you should not install the development version, how can you try it out? &lt;br /&gt;
Easy, just type the following in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;gramps30&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; directory&lt;br /&gt;
 python src/gramps.py&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{man warn|1=warning|2=Do not open your existing databases with gramps 3.0, it might destroy your data, and will make it impossible to use the data in the stable version 2.2.x. To try it out, export your database to a gramps xml file, eg &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;test_version_3.0.gramps&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, create a new family tree in GRAMPS 3.0, and import this xml file.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Where for bugs? ===&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://bugs.gramps-project.org bug tracker] has in the right top angle different projects. Choose project 3.x and submit an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working with development branches ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using a ''geps'' or ''sandbox'' branch you need to take care when merging changes from the ''trunk'' and back to the ''trunk''. Please take a few minutes to read the [http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.branchmerge.basicmerging.html| Basic Merging] section of the Subversion book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IMPORTANT:''' please use an svn client that is version 1.5 or newer. The merge tracking functionality only became available in 1.5. If you use an earlier client you will have to deal with all the revision tracking of merges by hand - not fun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IMPORTANT:''' if you see a message that talks about ''from foreign repository'' it is probably because your working copy was checked out from an http:// url but you are merging from a https:// url or visa versa. Just be consistent about why you use. Don't merge ''from foreign repository'' because svn will not be able to manage the revisions correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Here is a quick crib sheet:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Creating a branch ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a branch from the ''trunk'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 svn copy https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/trunk https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/branches/geps/gep-014-fab-feature&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Merging ''trunk'' changes into the branch ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should do this regularly so that you don't have a nasty job of resolving loads of conflicts when you come to merge your changes back into the ''trunk'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 cd gep-014-fab-feature&lt;br /&gt;
 svn merge https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/trunk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' you will see some modification to files that you are not expecting. If you look at these you will find that they are modifications to svn properties. These are used by the merging tool to keep track of what changes have already been applied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Merging changes from the ''branch'' back into the ''trunk'' ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to merge your changes back into the ''trunk'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First make sure you have all the ''trunk'' changes in your branch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 cd gep-014-fab-feature&lt;br /&gt;
 svn merge https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/trunk&lt;br /&gt;
 svn commit -m &amp;quot;meaningful message&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then move over to a working copy of the ''trunk'' and merge in your branch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 cd trunk&lt;br /&gt;
 svn merge --reintegrate https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/branches/geps/gep-014-fab-feature&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Now build it, test it, convince yourself that it all works and then commit the changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 svn commit -m &amp;quot;All the changes for GEP-014&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you '''must''' delete your branch. You can recreate it later if you need to but svn can not cope with doing another merge --reintegrate from the same branch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 svn remove https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/branches/geps/gep-014-fab-feature&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Removing branches ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that branches are removed once they have been merged&lt;br /&gt;
into the trunk or have been abandoned. To remove a branch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 svn remove https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/branches/geps/gep-014-fab-feature&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The developers reserve the right to remove branches that have been&lt;br /&gt;
dormant for more than 1 year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Useful things to know ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subversion commands ===&lt;br /&gt;
 svn help add&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 svn help commit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 svn help log&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adding files to repositories requires you to set some properties to the files and to have a [http://apps.sourceforge.net/trac/sitedocs/wiki/Subversion sourceforge account]. See &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;svn help propset&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. You can use the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;propget&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on existing files to see how you should add it. A convenient way is to common files to your &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;~/.subversion/config&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file, eg in my config I have:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [miscellany]&lt;br /&gt;
 enable-auto-props = yes&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 [auto-props]&lt;br /&gt;
 *.py = svn:eol-style=native;svn:mime-type=text/plain;svn:keywords=Author Date Id Revision&lt;br /&gt;
 *.po = svn:eol-style=native;svn:mime-type=text/plain;svn:keywords=Author Date Id Revision&lt;br /&gt;
 *.sh = svn:eol-style=native;svn:executable&lt;br /&gt;
 Makefile = svn:eol-style=native&lt;br /&gt;
 *.png = svn:mime-type=application/octet-stream&lt;br /&gt;
 *.svg = svn:eol-style=native;svn:mime-type=text/plain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ignore files ===&lt;br /&gt;
You should on creation of new directories set the svn:ignore property:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 svn propedit svn:ignore src/new_dir/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and there set at least:&lt;br /&gt;
 *.pyc&lt;br /&gt;
 *.pyo&lt;br /&gt;
 Makefile&lt;br /&gt;
 Makefile.in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== svn2cl ===&lt;br /&gt;
The GRAMPS project does not keep a ChangeLog file under source control. All change history is captured by Subversion automatically when it is committed. A ChangeLog file is generated from the SVN commit logs before each release using [[How to use svn2cl|svn2cl]]. Developers should take care to make useful commit log messages when committing changes to Subversion. Here are some guidelines:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Try to make a descriptive message about the change.&lt;br /&gt;
*Use complete sentences when possible.&lt;br /&gt;
*When committing a change that fixes a bug on the tracker, use the bug's number and summary as the message.&lt;br /&gt;
*When committing a patch from a contributor, put the contributor's name and e-mail address in the commit message.&lt;br /&gt;
*It is not necessary to put the names of the files you have modified in the commit message because Subversion stores that automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other usage tips ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional tips and recommendations related to committing changes: [[SVN Commit Tips]]&lt;br /&gt;
* GRAMPS [[Committing Policies]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Browse svn ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An alternative to the command line tools to view the svn repository is&lt;br /&gt;
the [http://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/viewvc/gramps/ online interface].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Developers/General|B]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Brief_introduction_to_SVN&amp;diff=18647</id>
		<title>Brief introduction to SVN</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Brief_introduction_to_SVN&amp;diff=18647"/>
		<updated>2009-08-07T09:05:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: Added information about sandbox and geps branches&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The development source code of GRAMPS is stored in the SVN repository. This helps synchronizing changes from various developers, tracking changes, managing releases, etc. If you are reading this, you probably want to do just two things with SVN: download latest source or the development version, or upload your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Types of branches ==&lt;br /&gt;
There are four kinds of branches in the Subversion Repository:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''trunk'' - There is only one trunk. All new feature development happens in the trunk. New releases never come from the trunk. The trunk for GRAMPS can be found here: https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/trunk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''maintenance'' - There are many maintenance branches. A maintenance branch is created from the trunk when all the features for a release are complete. New features are not committed to maintenance branch. Releases only come from maintenance branches. The purpose of maintenance branches is to allow the line of code to stabilize while new features are added in trunk. Maintenance branches can be found here: https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/branches/maintenance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''geps'' - These are meant for development of [[Gramps Enhancement Proposals|Portal:Enhancement_Proposals]]. Most of the time GEPS are developed in the ''trunk''. Occassionally a GEP will require extensive reworking or long periods when the code base is ususable. In these cases a branch in ''geps'' can be used as a temporary development area. Once the hard work is done the change should be merged into the trunk and the ''geps'' branch should be removed. ''greps'' branches should follow the naming convention ''gep-&amp;lt;###&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;descriptive text&amp;gt;'' e.g. ''gep-013-server''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''sandbox'' - These are meant for experimentation purposes. If you want to explore some ideas or try out some changes that would break the ''trunk'' or prototype something that has not made it to a GEP you can create a ''sandbox'' branch. These should be short lived. As soon as you have finished please remove the branch. We reserve the right to remove any ''sandbox'' branch that has not been touched for 12 months. ''sandbox'' branches should use the following naming convention ''&amp;lt;username&amp;gt;-&amp;lt;descriptive text&amp;gt;'' e.g. ''hippy-prototype-rss-idea''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Release tags are created in the ''tags'' directory. The first two digits of the GRAMPS version number are reserved to indicate the maintenance branch the code came from. The last digit indicates the revision from that maintenance branch. For example, 3.0.4 would indicate the 5th release from the 3.0 branch (3.0.0, 3.0.1, 3.0.2, 3.0.3, 3.0.4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a hypothetical example:&lt;br /&gt;
Imagine that the current version of GRAMPS is 8.3.2. A new series of features has been added in trunk and are ready for release. A new maintenance branch is created from trunk named 8.4 (or possibly 9.0 depending on the nature of the new features). New features continue to be added in trunk that will not be included in the 8.4 series of releases, but will be included in the 8.5 series. Bug fixes continue to occur in the 8.4 branch until the code is deemed worthy of release. At that time, a release is tagged from the 8.4 maintenance branch and named 8.4.0. Some time after the release of 8.4.0, some bugs are found and fixed in the 8.4 maintenance branch. Those bug fixes are released as 8.4.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Stable version 3.1.x ==&lt;br /&gt;
* To download the source to a /home/~user/gramps31 directory, you can use two methods to access the SVN repository:&lt;br /&gt;
# An http frontend to gramps SVN&lt;br /&gt;
# SVN access &lt;br /&gt;
* To upload your changes, you have to have developer access. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second method requires that svn be installed on your system (Debian/Ubuntu: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;apt-get install subversion&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;; Fedora: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;yum install subversion&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
With the SVN method, type the following in the command line: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   svn co https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/branches/gramps31 gramps31&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should see the downloading progress reported in your terminal. If you would like to update your source tree after some time, execute the following command in the top directory of the gramps31 source tree:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   svn update&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
To commit your changes, you can execute:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   svn commit -m &amp;quot;message describing the nature of the change&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since uploading is a potentially dangerous operation, you have to explicitly obtain a write access to the SVN repository from [[Contact|Brian Matherly or Benny Malengier]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Unstable development: &amp;quot;trunk&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Also see:  [[Running_a_development_version_of_Gramps|Running a development version of GRAMPS]], and [[Getting Started with GRAMPS 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Packages ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Unix-like systems''': a first beta has been released as a downloadable package, see [http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=25770 sourceforge unstable]. &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Windows systems''': follow the directions at http://www.dancingpaper.com/gramps/. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Obtain it===&lt;br /&gt;
As of January 2009, there are several versions of the gramps code in SVN. The development branch for small changes and bug fixes is 'gramps31' and 'trunk' has been created for the ongoing unstable version. If this talk of 'branch' and 'trunk' sounds confusing you might like to read the list message [http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.genealogy.gramps.devel/8678 explaining branch and trunk].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To checkout a copy of the possibly unstable trunk to ./trunk:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   svn co https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/trunk gramps32&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To checkout a copy of the last branch GRAMPS 3.1 ./gramps31:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   svn co https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/branches/gramps31 gramps31&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To checkout a copy of the older stable GRAMPS 3.0 ./gramps30:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   svn co https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/branches/gramps30 gramps30&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To checkout a copy of the older stable GRAMPS 2.2 ./gramps22:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   svn co https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/branches/gramps22 gramps22&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Prepare it ===&lt;br /&gt;
Now go into the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;gramps30&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; directory and type&lt;br /&gt;
 ./autogen.sh&lt;br /&gt;
You will get warnings of missing packages that GRAMPS needs to build from source. The most common warnings are, that you miss the gnome-common package if you run under Linux and Gnome. If you run Ubuntu install via Synaptic the 'gnome-common' (version 2.20.0-0ubuntu1): common scripts and macros to develop with GNOME: gnome-common is an extension to autoconf, automake and libtool for the GNOME&lt;br /&gt;
environment and GNOME using applications. Included are gnome-autogen.sh and several macros to help in both GNOME and GNOME 2.0 source trees. Install these and/or any other missing packages, read INSTALL and README file in the gramps30 dir for pointers. An important library is also libglib2.0-dev. Check whether your system has this package installed.&lt;br /&gt;
This will execute the make command too. If not, type after the above&lt;br /&gt;
 make&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{man warn|1=Warning|2=Do not install the development version. That is, do '''not''' type {{man label|sudo make install}}. }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Building with Fedora 8 - 10 ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are the packages you need:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
yum install gnome-common intltool glib2-devel gnome-doc-utils gcc emacs gettext subversion make rcs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can run the '''./autogen.sh''' script and then '''make'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Windows ====&lt;br /&gt;
This step appears unnecessary on windows? See [[Installation#Installing_from_source_code_on_Windows]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Run the development version ===&lt;br /&gt;
As you should not install the development version, how can you try it out? &lt;br /&gt;
Easy, just type the following in the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;gramps30&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; directory&lt;br /&gt;
 python src/gramps.py&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{man warn|1=warning|2=Do not open your existing databases with gramps 3.0, it might destroy your data, and will make it impossible to use the data in the stable version 2.2.x. To try it out, export your database to a gramps xml file, eg &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;test_version_3.0.gramps&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, create a new family tree in GRAMPS 3.0, and import this xml file.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Where for bugs? ===&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://bugs.gramps-project.org bug tracker] has in the right top angle different projects. Choose project 3.x and submit an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Useful things to know ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subversion commands ===&lt;br /&gt;
 svn help add&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 svn help commit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 svn help log&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adding files to repositories requires you to set some properties to the files and to have a [http://apps.sourceforge.net/trac/sitedocs/wiki/Subversion sourceforge account]. See &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;svn help propset&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. You can use the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;propget&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on existing files to see how you should add it. A convenient way is to common files to your &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;~/.subversion/config&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file, eg in my config I have:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [miscellany]&lt;br /&gt;
 enable-auto-props = yes&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 [auto-props]&lt;br /&gt;
 *.py = svn:eol-style=native;svn:mime-type=text/plain;svn:keywords=Author Date Id Revision&lt;br /&gt;
 *.po = svn:eol-style=native;svn:mime-type=text/plain;svn:keywords=Author Date Id Revision&lt;br /&gt;
 *.sh = svn:eol-style=native;svn:executable&lt;br /&gt;
 Makefile = svn:eol-style=native&lt;br /&gt;
 *.png = svn:mime-type=application/octet-stream&lt;br /&gt;
 *.svg = svn:eol-style=native;svn:mime-type=text/plain&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ignore files ===&lt;br /&gt;
You should on creation of new directories set the svn:ignore property:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 svn propedit svn:ignore src/new_dir/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and there set at least:&lt;br /&gt;
 *.pyc&lt;br /&gt;
 *.pyo&lt;br /&gt;
 Makefile&lt;br /&gt;
 Makefile.in&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== svn2cl ===&lt;br /&gt;
The GRAMPS project does not keep a ChangeLog file under source control. All change history is captured by Subversion automatically when it is committed. A ChangeLog file is generated from the SVN commit logs before each release using [[How to use svn2cl|svn2cl]]. Developers should take care to make useful commit log messages when committing changes to Subversion. Here are some guidelines:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Try to make a descriptive message about the change.&lt;br /&gt;
*Use complete sentences when possible.&lt;br /&gt;
*When committing a change that fixes a bug on the tracker, use the bug's number and summary as the message.&lt;br /&gt;
*When committing a patch from a contributor, put the contributor's name and e-mail address in the commit message.&lt;br /&gt;
*It is not necessary to put the names of the files you have modified in the commit message because Subversion stores that automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Other usage tips ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Additional tips and recommendations related to committing changes: [[SVN Commit Tips]]&lt;br /&gt;
* GRAMPS [[Committing Policies]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Browse svn ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An alternative to the command line tools to view the svn repository is&lt;br /&gt;
the [http://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/viewvc/gramps/ online interface].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Developers/General|B]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=What_to_do_for_a_release&amp;diff=18646</id>
		<title>What to do for a release</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=What_to_do_for_a_release&amp;diff=18646"/>
		<updated>2009-08-07T08:45:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: changed path to branch&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''What to do for a release'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These notes are based on version 3.0.3, released in October 2008.  The steps assume a working &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;gramps30&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; source directory.  See [[Running a development version of Gramps]] if this is not the case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation update==&lt;br /&gt;
Run the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 cd gramps30&lt;br /&gt;
 svn update&lt;br /&gt;
 cd po&lt;br /&gt;
 make gramps.pot&lt;br /&gt;
 svn diff gramps.pot&lt;br /&gt;
If there have been changes, you'll need to commit &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;gramps.pot&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; and ask translators to update their &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;.po&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; files before you can make a release.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release name==&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to (and update) the [[Previous releases|list of previous releases]] to select an appropriate name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Changelog and NEWS file==&lt;br /&gt;
Create the changelog files:&lt;br /&gt;
 svn2cl --reparagraph --include-rev --authors=src/data/authors.xml&lt;br /&gt;
 cd po&lt;br /&gt;
 svn2cl --reparagraph --include-rev --authors=../src/data/authors.xml&lt;br /&gt;
 cd ..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Changelog&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; files generated with &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;svn2cl&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; in the step above, edit and update the &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;NEWS&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; file.&lt;br /&gt;
Commit the NEWS file.  Note the svn commit revision number, which you'll need in the next step when you create the subversion tag:&lt;br /&gt;
 svn commit -m &amp;quot;update for 3.0.3 release&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
 Committed revision 11159.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Subversion tag==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a tag for the release:&lt;br /&gt;
 svn copy -r 11159 https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/branches/maintenance/gramps30 https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/tags/gramps-3.0.3 -m &amp;quot;tag 3.0.3&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Working on the tag==&lt;br /&gt;
Check out the new tag:&lt;br /&gt;
 cd ..&lt;br /&gt;
 svn co https://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/gramps/tags/gramps-3.0.3&lt;br /&gt;
 cd gramps-3.0.3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modify &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;configure.in&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; to indicate an official release:&lt;br /&gt;
 gedit configure.in&lt;br /&gt;
There are two changes to make:&lt;br /&gt;
:1) Change the following line:&lt;br /&gt;
 -RELEASE=0.SVN$(svnversion -n .)&lt;br /&gt;
 +dnl RELEASE=0.SVN$(svnversion -n .)&lt;br /&gt;
:2) And change this line:&lt;br /&gt;
 -dnl RELEASE=1&lt;br /&gt;
 +RELEASE=1&lt;br /&gt;
Save these two changes.&lt;br /&gt;
 svn commit -m &amp;quot;make official release&amp;quot; configure.in&lt;br /&gt;
Now run the following and check the version number in the &amp;quot;about&amp;quot; dialog:&lt;br /&gt;
 ./autogen.sh&lt;br /&gt;
 make&lt;br /&gt;
 python src/gramps.py&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Changelog and source tarball==&lt;br /&gt;
Re-create (or copy from above) the 2 Changelog files.  The Changelog files are required for the source tarball, but do not commit to subversion:&lt;br /&gt;
 svn2cl --reparagraph --include-rev --authors=src/data/authors.xml&lt;br /&gt;
 cd po&lt;br /&gt;
 svn2cl --reparagraph --include-rev --authors=../src/data/authors.xml&lt;br /&gt;
 cd ..&lt;br /&gt;
Create the official source tarball:&lt;br /&gt;
 make distcheck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note you should now have the file &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;gramps-3.0.3.tar.gz&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;, approximately 5.5 MB in size.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Making the source tarball available==&lt;br /&gt;
Run the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
 sftp s_charette@frs.sourceforge.net&lt;br /&gt;
 cd uploads&lt;br /&gt;
 put gramps-3.0.3.tar.gz&lt;br /&gt;
* access the Sourceforge &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;admin&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; tab at http://sourceforge.net/projects/gramps/&lt;br /&gt;
* go to &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;File Releases&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* add a new release in the &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Stable&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; package&lt;br /&gt;
* fill in name, e.g., &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;3.0.3&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* enter release notes (usually this is the text from &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;NEWS&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
* add uploaded file(s) to the release by checking the appropriate check button and then clicking the &amp;quot;&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Add Files and/or Refresh View&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
* set architecture and file type, click &amp;quot;&amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;Update/Refresh&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Announcing the new release==&lt;br /&gt;
* announce on gramps-announce@lists.sourceforge.net, gramps-devel@lists.sourceforge.net and gramps-users@lists.sourceforge.net&lt;br /&gt;
* update [[News]] section on this wiki&lt;br /&gt;
* update the list of [[previous releases]]&lt;br /&gt;
* update reference to the new version on the [[installation|installation page]]&lt;br /&gt;
* change the topic on the IRC channel #gramps&lt;br /&gt;
* update the version number at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GRAMPS Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Post-release==&lt;br /&gt;
* in &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;gramps30&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;, bump the version number in &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;configure.in&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* in &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;trunk&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt;, merge forward the &amp;lt;tt&amp;gt;NEWS&amp;lt;/tt&amp;gt; file&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Brief introduction to SVN]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Running a development version of Gramps]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Developers/Packaging]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External links==&lt;br /&gt;
* http://gramps.svn.sourceforge.net/viewvc/gramps/&lt;br /&gt;
* http://gramps-project.org/cpanel&lt;br /&gt;
* http://sourceforge.net/projects/gramps/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Developers/General]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Category:GEPS&amp;diff=18634</id>
		<title>Category:GEPS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Category:GEPS&amp;diff=18634"/>
		<updated>2009-08-06T17:36:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''G'''RAMPS '''E'''nhancement '''P'''roposal'''s'''. This should be a complex/detailed description of a way to make GRAMPS better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here they are in order, followed by alphabetical by topic:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GEPS 001: Relationship type event link]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GEPS 002: RelationView Expand and Collapse]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GEPS 003: Computed Ages and Probably Alive]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GEPS 004: My GRAMPS and Gadgets]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GEPS 005: Enhanced Plugin Interface]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GEPS 006: Better Place handling]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GEPS 007: Report Reorganization]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GEPS 008: File Organization]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GEPS 009: Import Export Merge]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GEPS 010: SQL Backend]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GEPS 011: Tagging]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GEPS 012: Ecosystem definition]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GEPS 013: Server mode]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GEPS 014: Plugin registration and management]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Developers/General]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Developers/Roadmap]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=User:Rjt&amp;diff=18633</id>
		<title>User:Rjt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=User:Rjt&amp;diff=18633"/>
		<updated>2009-08-06T17:34:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Richard Taylor Home Page =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact: rjt-gramps &amp;lt;AT&amp;gt; thegrindstone &amp;lt;DOT&amp;gt; me &amp;lt;DOT&amp;gt; uk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= My pages =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[GEPS 015: Repository Research Support]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEP_014:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18632</id>
		<title>GEP 014: Repository Research Support</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEP_014:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18632"/>
		<updated>2009-08-06T17:33:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: GEP 014: Repository Research Support moved to GEPS 015: Repository Research Support: Benny got in with another GEPS 014&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[GEPS 015: Repository Research Support]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18631</id>
		<title>GEPS 015: Repository Research Support</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18631"/>
		<updated>2009-08-06T17:33:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: GEP 014: Repository Research Support moved to GEPS 015: Repository Research Support: Benny got in with another GEPS 014&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''This is a work in progress, I hope to develop the content over the next couple of weeks - rjt''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= User Stories =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1. Plan a research visit to a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aunt Martha (AM) is planning a visit to the UK National Archives at Kew, London. She wants to produce a report from GRAMPS that tells her all of the Sources that are held in the National Archives that might be of interest to her. She also wants the report to give her a list of all the people in her database that could potentially appear in those sources, without showing those that she already has the source attached to. She would also like the report to include a table with a row for each person and a column for each piece of information that the Source should contain so that she can print it out and fill it while she is at Kew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2. Import Sources for a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM has discovered the Ancestry is a great Repository that she knows is a good place to find genealogy sources relevant to her database. She wants to import the information about the sources that are held by Ancestry so that she can start her research. She clicks on the 'Import Repository' button and gets a list of all of the Repositories that are in the online GRAMPS Repository database and imports Ancestry. This populates the Sources that are contained in Ancestry and add Ancestry to her list of Repositories.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== 3. Create Research Plan for a Person ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM sits down at her computer. she has an hour to spare and what to progress her research. She selects her Grandfather, Frank in the Person View. GRAMPS shows her a research plan for Frank that shows all the Sources that Frank might be found in and the type of information that can be found in each Source. It also shows her the Repositories that contain those sources so that she can immediately start to look for the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reports =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Issues =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Plan =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Testing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Future Possibilities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerome's [[RepositoriesReport]] is an example what can be done at the moment. This GEP seeks to develop this idea further.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GEPS]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Mac_OS_X:Application_package&amp;diff=18621</id>
		<title>Mac OS X:Application package</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Mac_OS_X:Application_package&amp;diff=18621"/>
		<updated>2009-08-05T21:12:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Developers/Packaging]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Warning:''' this page describes the [http://gtk-osx.sourceforge.net/ GTK-OSX] port of GRAMPS to Mac, which is still under test. This page too is still under construction. The program described may not work as expected. Or even work. Use it on precious data at your own risk!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The GTK-OSX port of GRAMPS for Mac is expected to supersede the Macports and Fink versions. It is closer to a native Mac application and should rely less on other programs, so should be easier to use and maintain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mac GRAMPS is available for both Intel and PPC Macs.  The distribution page carries both a binary application that should work as soon as it is downloaded, and also a build environment which should allow a Mac with the Apple Xcode tools to build the whole thing from scratch. The binary application was built for OS X 10.5.7 but should (in theory) work on OS X 10.4. To discover what OS and processor is in a Mac, choose About This Mac from the Apple menu in the top left of the Desktop screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to Download and run the binary GRAMPS application for Mac ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is an existing GRAMPS database, it is wise to create a backup archive of an existing GRAMPS database before trying a new program, as described in the note on backups below. GRAMPS for Mac is still new and untested. Take care!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To run the binary application, visit the [http://www.gramps-project.org/apple/ download page] and click on the latest download. The download name gramps-x.y.z-macnn-Intel.zip specifies the version of GRAMPS from which the build was made, and a &amp;quot;mac''nn''&amp;quot; version which changes whenever a minor bug fix is made to the Apple binary, and the processor (Intel or PPC) on which the program will run. The gramps-x.y.z-macnn-builder.zip files are the build environments to build each version from scratch, which can be ignored if only the binary application is needed. It's possible to download and run the binary application to a Mac without any Mac admin privileges, and with a Mac using only the programs supplied straight out of the box. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any browser on the Mac will download the binary application, and depending on how it's configured, uncompress it and store it, usually in the Downloads stack. If it doesn't uncompress (it's still called .zip instead of GRAMPS with a pretty family tree icon) then double-clicking it should turn it into GRAMPS. It can be dragged to the Desktop for convenience, or stored in the Applications folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Double-clicking on the GRAMPS application should launch GRAMPS. It Should Just Work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The GRAMPS application takes its working language from the System Preferences - International settings for the Desktop. If the list of desired languages there shows Esperanto - Russian - French - English then GRAMPS should work in Esperanto. If that translation isn't available for a particular phrase, it should produce Russian. If that's not available for a particular phrase (in the place completion tool, for example) then GRAMPS should produce French, and then eventually English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plugins directory of the .gramps user directory should be visible in Finder using the gramps_user_directory described below for backup. Placing plugins in there should work for most existing plugins, and can be done with the Finder straight from a download.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Double clicking an image in the media reference editor should bring up Apple Preview, or a similar program, to view the image. Clicking the view button in an internet reference should bring up the URL in the default browser. Clicking the Google Maps button in the Places display should bring up the map in the browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GRAMPS doesn't use the X11 Mac package. It's useful to install [http://www.openoffice.org/ OpenOffice] and [http://www.graphviz.org/ Graphviz] to produce reports, but they are both straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== A Note on Backups ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first binary GRAMPS is built from gramps-3.1.2. If this reads an existing database from an earlier version of GRAMPS (like Macports) it will demand to do a database conversion, and there is no way to reverse this step. It is thus good practice when installing this binary GRAMPS on a system with an existing gramps database, first, to use Apple Time Machine to create backups, and second, to set aside a specific backup of an old GRAMPS database in case anything goes badly wrong. Unfortunately, the GRAMPS database is in a hidden directory which Finder doesn't show. One way to fix this is to create a link to the database in a non-hidden file. To do this, open a unix terminal with Finder-Applications-Utilities-Terminal, and at the prompt there type&lt;br /&gt;
 ln -s .gramps gramps_user_directory&lt;br /&gt;
which should create a directory, gramps_user_directory, showing the GRAMPS database in Finder. (That's dot-gramps in that command!) Hitting Copy then Paste on this directory in finder will '''''not''''' create an explicit backup, it will only create a second link pointing at the original GRAMPS data! Instead, you can type&lt;br /&gt;
 cp -r .gramps gramps_backup&lt;br /&gt;
It is ''unfortunate'' that the current Macports GRAMPS crashes if it is used to produce a backup archive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bugs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Known bugs in the application are described at [[Mac gtk-osx port bugs]] and it is a good idea to look there for workaraounds. In particular, Macs with a dialect of English (like British English) as their first choice language need a tweak to keep Gramps talking English!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Updates==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GRAMPS stores all its internal data in ~/gramps_user_directory. So, to upgrade a binary GRAMPS application to a newer version, just throw the old application in the Trash. Everything in ~/gramps_user_directory will still be there. Download the new version of the application and just use it. It will use all the old data still stored in ~/gramps_user_directory. If you don't like the new version and want the old one back, throw the new version in the Trash and fetch the old one back from the Trash. GRAMPS binary applications are labeled with a version string, -macnn, which can be seen by selecting the application package and choosing Get Info from the context (right-click) menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How the Apple binary application works ==&lt;br /&gt;
The application called GRAMPS on the desktop is actually a complete directory hierarchy called gramps.app stored in the directory ~/Desktop, where ~ is the home directory of the logged-in user. The contents of the application directory hierarchy can be seen in finder by selecting the application and choosing Show Package Contents from the context (right-click) menu. Using cd and ls in a shell at a unix terminal, the &amp;quot;hidden&amp;quot; contents of the package are actually always visible and not hidden at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GRAMPS is a Python interpreted application and changing the program requires no build step. It's possible to change the downloaded binary application by choosing Show Package Contents in Finder, navigating in Finder to the GRAMPS Python code in gramps.app/Contents/Resources/share/gramps, and choosing Open With... TextEdit for the .py file to change. (There seems to be a bug in the Mac implementation of the Python runtime editor &amp;quot;Idle&amp;quot;. Opening the .py file with that doesn't work.) Editing the .py file and saving the new version will cause GRAMPS to use it next time it is started. It won't change a GRAMPS which is currently running. There are .pyc files also stored in the application, compiled Python byte-code, which can be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The binary GRAMPS application contains not only the GRAMPS Python sources and all their internationalised translations, but also a complete Python 2.6.2 interpreter, and the Python code libraries distributed with that, and the compiled C libraries for graphics features like gtk, glade and pango. These are all fixed for a particular version of the distributed binary application. The only way to change them is to download a new distributed binary GRAMPS application. This is intended to fix a major issue with earlier GRAMPS Mac implementations, where the program depended on so many different distributions that were always changing that determining what change introduced what bug was very hard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One downside of the way that Mac packages work is that, to achieve a reasonable download size, some libraries and programs are missed out of the packaged application. This can cause GRAMPS crashes, or sometimes just cause some program features to be missing. Crashes of the packaged application usually produce messages on the console, which can be seen (even after the crash has finished) by choosing Finder-Applications-Utilities-Console. There is a delay of perhaps up to a minute between the crash occurring and the messages appearing on the console.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simpler way to see messages from GRAMPS, should any appear, is to start it from a unix terminal. To do this, open a terminal with Finder-Applications-Utilities-Terminal, and type (for a GRAMPS application on the Desktop)&lt;br /&gt;
 cd / ; ~/Desktop/gramps.app/Contents/MacOS/gramps&lt;br /&gt;
and that should run GRAMPS and produce any messages with no delay. The file ~/Desktop/gramps.app/Contents/MacOS/gramps is a shell script, as is ~/Desktop/gramps.app/Contents/MacOS/gramps-bin which it calls. gramps-bin calls the Python 2.6.2 interpreter ~/Desktop/gramps.app/Contents/MacOS/python to run the GRAMPS code which is stored in ~/Desktop/gramps.app/Contents/Resources/share/gramps. Local translations are stored in ~/Desktop/gramps.app/Contents/Resources/share/locale. Standard python code is in ~/Desktop/gramps.app/Contents/Resources/lib/python2.6, and the compiled C libraries are in ~/Desktop/gramps.app/Contents/Resources/lib/*.dylib. Only the GRAMPS Python source is shipped in the binary application. If other sources are needed, the GRAMPS build environment must be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Should GRAMPS produce a message indicating that it crashed because it could not find a particular library or source file, then do please post a message on the GRAMPS users or developers mailing list, or post a bug. These tedious issues are usually easy to fix. Packaging GRAMPS like this (as opposed to including everything and the kitchen sink) reduces the download size by more than a factor of three.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The binary application is built by downloading a Whole Pile of programs from various places on the web (about forty programs) and building each of them to produce a utility to help building, or a library, or something. Just one of these applications is the GRAMPS code developed with such effort by the GRAMPS developers, so it's clear just how much work has gone into the whole thing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Building GRAMPS from Scratch==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Building GRAMPS from scratch is useful to produce a version not currently available as a binary (for example, a PPC version) or to produce a complete environment for debugging and further development, including debugging of all the C libraries GRAMPS uses, like gtk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To build GRAMPS from scratch, click on an entry from the [http://www.gramps-project.org/apple/ download page] like gramps-3.1.2-mac13-builder.zip. The builder files are build environments. The downloaded builder file when uncompressed will produce a directory called gramps_important_info. This is intended to be saved at ~/gramps_important_info, where ~ is the home directory of the logged-in user. It's possible to download the builder file with any browser and to uncompress it and move it to ~/ and then to execute ~/gramps_important_info/build_gramps (by double-clicking it) entirely from within Finder. build_gramps should download a bunch of stuff (It may hang up if any of the required webservers are down) and build it. build_gramps does everything needed to build GRAMPS (provided Apple Xcode tools are installed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
build_gramps uses the [http://library.gnome.org/devel/jhbuild/unstable/ jhbuild] system to fetch code and compile it. It's important that jhbuild is not confused by any existing Macports or Fink installation. For this reason, it can be convenient to create a new Mac User account, without admin privilege, and log in to that account to fetch and run build_gramps. Admin access is not required to build GRAMPS from scratch: no sudo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jhbuild is installed in ~/Source, and produces a binary which appears in ~/bin. jhbuild then puts everything it is building in ~/gtk (controlled by the .jhbuildrc hidden file). ~/gtk/source contains the downloaded sources, and ~/gtk/inst contains the built libraries and applications. More is built than is needed in the final GRAMPS application - for example, the build tools are themselves built. jhbuild gets its instructions on how to build things from the file ~/gramps_important_info/gramps.modules. This large file includes all the instructions to build all the libraries as well as GRAMPS itself, to avoid relying on jhbuild's own instructions, which might change with time and change a build of GRAMPS unexpectedly. The intent is that each major release of GRAMPS ported to Mac will see this gramps.modules file revisited to update build instructions for libraries to the latest stable releases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The application&lt;br /&gt;
 ~gtk/inst/bin/gramps &lt;br /&gt;
can run GRAMPS straight from the build directory without any OS X packaging, provided that PATH searches ~gtk/inst/bin first to pick up the right Python. GRAMPS will not work, in this build, with the standard Apple 2.5.1 Python. jhbuild constructs a 2.6.2 Python for GRAMPS to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
build_gramps goes on to produce an application package on the desktop. It does this just by copying the relevant files, and creating some symbolic links in the target. The files come either from ~/gtk/inst, or from ~/gramps_important_info. It's a fairly ad hoc procedure. It's possible some critical Python file or compiled C library is missed out of the application and will only be discovered later. This is to reduce the download size.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, build_gramps creates a pair of zipped files, the zipped packaged application for download, and the zipped gramps_important_info directory for building.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The version macnn which is given to the files (and to the file info for the packaged application) is taken from the file ~/gramps_important_info/built_version. To create a different built version (version 0 for testing, perhaps) invoke build_gramps from a command line with a single argument:&lt;br /&gt;
* build_gramps 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good Luck!&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18600</id>
		<title>GEPS 015: Repository Research Support</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18600"/>
		<updated>2009-08-04T07:47:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''This is a work in progress, I hope to develop the content over the next couple of weeks - rjt''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= User Stories =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1. Plan a research visit to a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aunt Martha (AM) is planning a visit to the UK National Archives at Kew, London. She wants to produce a report from GRAMPS that tells her all of the Sources that are held in the National Archives that might be of interest to her. She also wants the report to give her a list of all the people in her database that could potentially appear in those sources, without showing those that she already has the source attached to. She would also like the report to include a table with a row for each person and a column for each piece of information that the Source should contain so that she can print it out and fill it while she is at Kew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2. Import Sources for a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM has discovered the Ancestry is a great Repository that she knows is a good place to find genealogy sources relevant to her database. She wants to import the information about the sources that are held by Ancestry so that she can start her research. She clicks on the 'Import Repository' button and gets a list of all of the Repositories that are in the online GRAMPS Repository database and imports Ancestry. This populates the Sources that are contained in Ancestry and add Ancestry to her list of Repositories.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== 3. Create Research Plan for a Person ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM sits down at her computer. she has an hour to spare and what to progress her research. She selects her Grandfather, Frank in the Person View. GRAMPS shows her a research plan for Frank that shows all the Sources that Frank might be found in and the type of information that can be found in each Source. It also shows her the Repositories that contain those sources so that she can immediately start to look for the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reports =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Issues =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Plan =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Testing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Future Possibilities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerome's [[RepositoriesReport]] is an example what can be done at the moment. This GEP seeks to develop this idea further.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GEPS]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18599</id>
		<title>GEPS 015: Repository Research Support</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18599"/>
		<updated>2009-08-04T07:47:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: Add link to Jerome's RepositoriesReport&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''This is a work in progress, I hope to develop the content over the next couple of weeks - rjt''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= User Stories =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1. Plan a research visit to a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aunt Martha (AM) is planning a visit to the UK National Archives at Kew, London. She wants to produce a report from GRAMPS that tells her all of the Sources that are held in the National Archives that might be of interest to her. She also wants the report to give her a list of all the people in her database that could potentially appear in those sources, without showing those that she already has the source attached to. She would also like the report to include a table with a row for each person and a column for each piece of information that the Source should contain so that she can print it out and fill it while she is at Kew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2. Import Sources for a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM has discovered the Ancestry is a great Repository that she knows is a good place to find genealogy sources relevant to her database. She wants to import the information about the sources that are held by Ancestry so that she can start her research. She clicks on the 'Import Repository' button and gets a list of all of the Repositories that are in the online GRAMPS Repository database and imports Ancestry. This populates the Sources that are contained in Ancestry and add Ancestry to her list of Repositories.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== 3. Create Research Plan for a Person ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM sits down at her computer. she has an hour to spare and what to progress her research. She selects her Grandfather, Frank in the Person View. GRAMPS shows her a research plan for Frank that shows all the Sources that Frank might be found in and the type of information that can be found in each Source. It also shows her the Repositories that contain those sources so that she can immediately start to look for the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reports =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Issues =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Plan =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Testing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Future Possibilities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Related Work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerome's RepositoriesReport is an example what can be done at the moment. This GEP seeks to develop this idea further.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GEPS]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18598</id>
		<title>GEPS 015: Repository Research Support</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18598"/>
		<updated>2009-08-04T07:26:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: Made stories more specific&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''This is a work in progress, I hope to develop the content over the next couple of weeks - rjt''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= User Stories =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1. Plan a research visit to a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aunt Martha (AM) is planning a visit to the UK National Archives at Kew, London. She wants to produce a report from GRAMPS that tells her all of the Sources that are held in the National Archives that might be of interest to her. She also wants the report to give her a list of all the people in her database that could potentially appear in those sources, without showing those that she already has the source attached to. She would also like the report to include a table with a row for each person and a column for each piece of information that the Source should contain so that she can print it out and fill it while she is at Kew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2. Import Sources for a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM has discovered the Ancestry is a great Repository that she knows is a good place to find genealogy sources relevant to her database. She wants to import the information about the sources that are held by Ancestry so that she can start her research. She clicks on the 'Import Repository' button and gets a list of all of the Repositories that are in the online GRAMPS Repository database and imports Ancestry. This populates the Sources that are contained in Ancestry and add Ancestry to her list of Repositories.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== 3. Create Research Plan for a Person ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM sits down at her computer. she has an hour to spare and what to progress her research. She selects her Grandfather, Frank in the Person View. GRAMPS shows her a research plan for Frank that shows all the Sources that Frank might be found in and the type of information that can be found in each Source. It also shows her the Repositories that contain those sources so that she can immediately start to look for the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reports =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Issues =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Implementation Plan =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Testing =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Future Possibilities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GEPS]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18589</id>
		<title>GEPS 015: Repository Research Support</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEPS_015:_Repository_Research_Support&amp;diff=18589"/>
		<updated>2009-08-02T20:56:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: Add a new GEP&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;''This is a work in progress, I hope to develop the content over the next couple of weeks - rjt''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Use Cases =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 1. Plan a research visit to a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aunt Martha (AM) is planning a visit to a Repository she wants to produce a report from GRAMPS that tells her all of the Sources that are held in the Repository. She also wants the report to give her a list of all the people in her database that could potentially appear in those sources, without showing those that she already has the source attached to. She would also like the report to include a table with a row for each person and a column for each piece of information that the Source should contain so that she can print it out and fill it in at the Repository.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== 2. Import Sources for a Repository ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM has discovered a Repository that she knows is a good place to find genealogy sources. She wants to import the information about these sources so that she can start her research. She clicks on the 'Import Repository' button and gets a list of all of the Repositories that are in the online GRAMPS Repository database and imports the Repository that she is interested in. This populates the Sources that are contained in the Repository.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
== 3. Create Research Plan for a Person ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AM has a short time to progress her research. She selects a Person that she is interested in and wants GRAMPS to give her a research plan that shows all the Sources that the Person might be found in and the information that they should contain about the Person. It also shows her the Repositories that contain those sources so that she can immediately start to look for the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:GEPS]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=User:Rjt&amp;diff=18588</id>
		<title>User:Rjt</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=User:Rjt&amp;diff=18588"/>
		<updated>2009-08-02T20:38:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: Add myself a homepage so that I can add a GEP&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Richard Taylor Home Page =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact: rjt-gramps &amp;lt;AT&amp;gt; thegrindstone &amp;lt;DOT&amp;gt; me &amp;lt;DOT&amp;gt; uk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= My pages =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[GEP 014: Repository Research Support]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6147</id>
		<title>Recording UK Census data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6147"/>
		<updated>2008-04-17T20:18:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: typo&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Documentation]][[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide explains how to use gramps to record all of the information that a 1881 UK Census return contains about a household. It demonstrates how to enter Repositories, Sources, People and Families. How to link them together to ensure that every piece of information is attributed back to its source. It also explains how to use the Clipboard and &amp;quot;drag and drop&amp;quot; to speed up data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For genealogists with UK ancestors, the UK Census returns are a very important source of information. Census' have been conducted every 10 years in the UK since 1841 (details of all the UK Census dates and how to access the records can be found at [http://homepage.ntlworld.com/barry.ruck/FAQCENSUS.htm]). The census returns are available online at [http://www.ancestry.co.uk] for a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census returns are organized by location and each return shows a list of households living in a particular street. This means that once you find a return showing one of your ancestors it will also show the rest their family members living in the same house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Information contained in a Census return==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Census image 1.png|thumbnail|The Census return for John Martin in 1881 - Illustration 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the UK Census’ recorded slightly different information (full details of the information recorded on each Census can be found at [http://homepage.ntlworld.com/hitch/gendocs/census.html]. For this guide I will use an example taken from the 1881 Census that shows the family of my ancestor John Martin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Census page records the following information about where the census was taken and where the page is located within the Census record:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* City or Municipal Borough: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Municipal Ward: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Town, Village or Hamlet: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Rural Sanitary District: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then each member of the household is listed, with information about them recorded in the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 1 - No. of schedule, numbered from 1 consecutively per book&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 2 - Name of street, place or road, and name or number of house&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 3 - Houses; separate columns for inhabited and uninhabited or being built (entered as 'U' or 'B')&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 4 - Name and surname&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 5 - Relationship to head of family&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 6 - Condition; marital status&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 7 - Age last birthday; separate columns for males and females&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 8 - Rank, profession or occupation&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 9 - Where born; county/place&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 10 - Whether&lt;br /&gt;
** 1 - Deaf &amp;amp; dumb,&lt;br /&gt;
** 2 - Blind,&lt;br /&gt;
** 3 - Imbecile or idiot,&lt;br /&gt;
** 4 - Lunatic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter this information into GRAMPS we will need to record all of the information on the census for each member of the household. This is done by creating a Person record for each person in turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering preliminary information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add repository 1.png|thumbnail|Add repository - Illustration 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add source 1.png|thumbnail|Add source - Illustration 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we start to enter the people there is some preliminary information that we should record first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we should add the information about where we received the census record from. This is done by creating a Repository record. To create the Repository record, start from the Gramps opening window and click on the Repository icon in the list of icons on the left of the main window. Now click the Add button in the icon bar at the top of the main window. Entry a name for the Repository in the Name field of the New Repository dialog box, in the case of the example census return it is &amp;quot;Ancestry UK&amp;quot;. Select &amp;quot;Web site&amp;quot; from the Type list. Click on the Internet tab and then on the + button on the left hand size of the tab window. Select 'Web Home' from the Type list and enter the Web Address of the Repository (http://www.ancestry.co.uk/) in the Web address field. The completed dialog is shown in illustration 2. Click OK and then click OK again. You can now see the new Repository listed in the Repository view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, we need to add the 1881 Census as a Source record so that it can be referred to when we add all the Person records. To create a Source record, click on the Sources icon in the list of icons on the left of the window. Now click the Add button on the icon bar at the top of the main window. Fill in the dialog box with the details of the source, illustration 2 shows the completed information for the 1881 Census. You should add a link to the Ancestry Repository record by clicking on the Repository tab and then on the &amp;quot;Add an existing repository&amp;quot; button (the one that looks like a pointing finger) on the right hand side of the Repository tab. Double click on the Ancestry entry in the list. In the Repository Reference Editor type &amp;quot;Certificate&amp;quot; in the Media Type field (delete anything that might already be there), then click OK to return to the New Source dialog. Once all the information has been entered click the OK button on the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add sourceref 1.png|thumbnail|Add source reference - Illustration 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add media 1.png|thumbnail|Add media - Illustration 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the image of the Census page that we are entering can be added to Gramps. You don't need to do this but it can help to keep track of the original documents. To add the image click the Media icon in the icon list on the left of the main window. Now click the Add icon in the icon bar at the top right. Locate the image on your disk drive and then click OK to add it to Gramps. NOTE: Gramps does not create a copy of the image, it only stores a link to the image. If you move or delete the image, Gramps will not be able to find it again. Once the image has been added you will be presented with the New Media dialog. You can fill in as much of the properties information as you see fit. At the very least you should fill in the Source information. Select the Sources tab and click on the &amp;quot;Add existing source&amp;quot; symbol (the one that looks like the pointing finger). You select the 1881 Census source and then fill in the Source Reference dialog with the information about this page of the Census. Illustration 4 shows the completed dialog. Click on OK when you have finished. Illustration 5 shows the completed Media dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Scratchpad 1.png|thumbnail|Clipboard - Illustration 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are going to need to enter this Source Reference information for every piece of the Census information that you add to Gramps. This can get rather repetitive after a few records. To save you retyping the information the Clipboard tool can be used to easily copy the Source Reference from one record to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the Clipboard tool you need to click on the Clipboard icon in the icon bar at the top of the main Gramps window. You now need to arrange your windows so that you can see both the Media&lt;br /&gt;
Properties Editor dialog (double click on the media record that you just created to reopen the  editor dialog) and the Clipboard widow. Once you have the windows arranged you can drag the Source Reference from the list of Sources in the Media dialog onto the Clipboard window. Illustration 6 shows the drag and drop in progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have copied the Source Reference to the Clipboard click the OK button on the Media dialog but keep the Clipboard open. You can resize the Clipboard window and move it to the side of your screen so that it does not get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the head of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add person 1.png|thumbnail|John Martin main tab - Illustration 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that we have created the Source we can start adding the people. We may as well start with the head of the family. The information that we have to enter is:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number: RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio: 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page: 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
* Address: 17 Hope Terrace, Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Name: John Martin&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex: Male (implied by the column containing the age)&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of birth: about 1845 (1881 – age 36)&lt;br /&gt;
* Occupation: Labourer in Ironworks&lt;br /&gt;
* Birth place: Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Attribute: Deaf &amp;amp; dumb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you are looking at the person list by clicking on the Person icon in the icon list on the left of the main window and then click Add to create a new person record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the Family (Martin), Given (John) and Gender (male) then click on the edit button (the one that looks like a pencil) to the left of the Prefix field. In the Name Editor you can record the fact the you know this person's name because you have the census record. Click on the Source tab. Now drag the Source Reference from the Clipboard and drop it on the source list. Click on OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the birth event. Click on the Event tab and then the + icon to add a new event. Select 'Birth' in the Event Type list and enter the date (about 1845). You may want to add a description to the event in the Description field (e.g. Birth of John Martin). Then click on the Sources tab and drag the Source Reference in from the Clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add address 1.png|thumbnail|Address record - Illustration 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each individual piece of information can have its own Source Reference added to it so that it is clear where the information came from. This is useful if you have a number of sources for a given person and you want to remember which one contributed a particular piece of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the rest of the information for John Martin. Change to the Addresses tab and click the plus button to add a new address. Illustration 8 shows the completed address dialog. Don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Sources tab as well. Once the address is complete click on the OK button and then drag the completed Address record on to the Clipboard. The Address record will be reused when we come to enter the rest of the family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add attr 1.png|thumbnail|Add attribute - Illustration 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now add an Attribute to capture the fact that John Martin was deaf and dumb. Again you need to add a Source Reference to show that this information came from the Census. By now you should have got the hang of adding information and then copying it to the Clipboard for later use. Obviously there is no need to copy records to the Clipboard if you can see that they are unique to one person and will not be needed again. Illustration 9 shows the completed Attribute dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add event 1.png|thumbnail|Add event - Illustration 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now move to the Event tab and add an Event type of Occupation to capture the fact that John Martin was a labourer in an Iron Works on Sunday 3 April 1881. To add the place information click on the + that is on the right of the Place field. Finally don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Source tab of the Event. There is no point copying this Event to the Clipboard because no one else in the family was a labourer in the Iron Works. Illustration 10 shows the completed Event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This completes the information about John Martin accept for the implied relationships with the rest of the family members. We will capture these relationships as we enter the rest of the family. Now&lt;br /&gt;
that the Person record for John Martin is complete click the OK button on the Edit Person dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the rest of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the rest of the family we are going to use the Relationships view. This will capture the relationships between the family members as we add them to the database. First we need to make sure that John Martin is the currently selected person. So click on the People View, open the Martin sublist by clicking on the small triangle to the left of the &amp;quot;Matin&amp;quot; and then click on John Martin. Now move to the Relationships View by clicking the Relationships icon in the icon list on the left hand side of the main window. This will show a Relationships View with John Martin as the Selected Person. The first person we want to add is Zillah Martin, John's wife.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right hand side of the icon bar at the top of the window there are three icons for 'Add', 'Share' and 'Partner' (if you screen is too narrow you may need to click on the small black triangle at the far right of the icon bar to see these icons). Click on the 'Partner' icon to add Zillah Martin to the database as John's wife. In the New Family dialog click on the + to the right of &amp;quot;Mother&amp;quot;. Fill in the Person record with the information for Zillah, be sure to change the &amp;quot;Type&amp;quot; to married name. Remember that you can use the information already on the  Clipboard to speed up the data entry. Once the Person record is completed click on OK. Now add the Source Reference to the Family on the Sources tab of the New Family dialog and change the Type to &amp;quot;Married&amp;quot;. You can now add an event to the Family for the marriage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Marriage event 1.png|thumbnail|Add marriage - Illustration 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately the Census records do not tells us anything about peoples marriage. In fact it is dangerous to assume that just because they say they are man and wife on the Census that they are actually married. How you deal with this is up to you. I change the Event Type to 'Possible Marriage' and enter a date of 'before 3 April 1881'. This captures what I think the census is telling me. You might choose to leave the Event Type as 'Marriage' it is up to you. Click on the Event tab in the Family View and then click on to add a new event. The Role will be set to Family. Don't forget to add the Source Reference as well. Illustration 11 shows the completed dialog. Click OK to close the dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Now we want to add this event to each of the spouses but change their Roles. Drag and drop the Event on to the Clipboard. Then click on the edit button next to &amp;quot;Martin, John&amp;quot; (the one with the pencil). Drag the Possible Marriage Event from the Clipboard and drop it on the Event tab. This will open the Event Reference Editor, change the Role to &amp;quot;Groom&amp;quot; and click OK. Click OK on the Person dialog and repeat for Zillah Martin, but change the Role to &amp;quot;Bride&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Family view 1.png|thumbnail|Completed family record - Illustration 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that both parents have been added we can add the children to the family. Click on the &amp;quot;Children Tab&amp;quot;. On the right-hand side of the Children window there are four buttons. The + button will add new children to the database. Click this button and add the information for the first child. When you Click OK to close the Person dialog for the child you will be presented with a Child Reference Editor that will ask for the relationships between the Mother and Father in the Family and the new child that you have entered. This is useful if you are entering step children etc. Just leave the relationships as Birth and drag the Source Reference in again. Repeat for the other children shown on the Census record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all the children are entered the information contained on the Census is complete. The finally Family View is shown in illustration 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Source View.png|thumbnail|Source View - Illustration 13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally take a look at the Source record for our UK Census 1881 source. Click on the Sources tab on the left of the main window and double click on the UK Census 1881 entry. Click on the References tab. You can see all the records that have been linked to this Source. This is shown in illustration 13. You will note in this view that many of the records, especially the Events, do not have very useful names. You can generate meaningful names for all the Events by clicking on the Tools -&amp;gt; Database Processing -&amp;gt; Extract Event Descriptions from Event Data menu. A word of caution, you can't undo this operation so it may be prudent to backup your database before processing. The results of running this operation are shown in illustration 14.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Source View Improved.png|thumbnail|Source View Improved- Illustration 14]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census records contain a great deal of information. Gramps provides all the flexibility required to capture the information and accurately record the correct sources for each element. It can be a time consuming exercise entering all the information. Maybe one day Gramps will be able to automate some of this process...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Addendum==&lt;br /&gt;
Copyright of the original article: Richard Taylor, rjt-gramps at thegrindstone DOT me DOT uk.&lt;br /&gt;
The original article was licensed under Creative Commons License - http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0/, and since 20070314 the author also licensed it under GFDL for use on this wiki.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Add_media_1.png&amp;diff=6146</id>
		<title>File:Add media 1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Add_media_1.png&amp;diff=6146"/>
		<updated>2008-04-17T20:08:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6145</id>
		<title>Recording UK Census data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6145"/>
		<updated>2008-04-17T20:08:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: Added media screenshot&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Documentation]][[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide explains how to use gramps to record all of the information that a 1881 UK Census return contains about a household. It demonstrates how to enter Repositories, Sources, People and Families. How to link them together to ensure that every piece of information is attributed back to its source. It also explains how to use the Clipboard and &amp;quot;drag and drop&amp;quot; to speed up data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For genealogists with UK ancestors, the UK Census returns are a very important source of information. Census' have been conducted every 10 years in the UK since 1841 (details of all the UK Census dates and how to access the records can be found at [http://homepage.ntlworld.com/barry.ruck/FAQCENSUS.htm]). The census returns are available online at [http://www.ancestry.co.uk] for a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census returns are organized by location and each return shows a list of households living in a particular street. This means that once you find a return showing one of your ancestors it will also show the rest their family members living in the same house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Information contained in a Census return==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Census image 1.png|thumbnail|The Census return for John Martin in 1881 - Illustration 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the UK Census’ recorded slightly different information (full details of the information recorded on each Census can be found at [http://homepage.ntlworld.com/hitch/gendocs/census.html]. For this guide I will use an example taken from the 1881 Census that shows the family of my ancestor John Martin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Census page records the following information about where the census was taken and where the page is located within the Census record:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* City or Municipal Borough: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Municipal Ward: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Town, Village or Hamlet: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Rural Sanitary District: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then each member of the household is listed, with information about them recorded in the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 1 - No. of schedule, numbered from 1 consecutively per book&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 2 - Name of street, place or road, and name or number of house&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 3 - Houses; separate columns for inhabited and uninhabited or being built (entered as 'U' or 'B')&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 4 - Name and surname&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 5 - Relationship to head of family&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 6 - Condition; marital status&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 7 - Age last birthday; separate columns for males and females&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 8 - Rank, profession or occupation&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 9 - Where born; county/place&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 10 - Whether&lt;br /&gt;
** 1 - Deaf &amp;amp; dumb,&lt;br /&gt;
** 2 - Blind,&lt;br /&gt;
** 3 - Imbecile or idiot,&lt;br /&gt;
** 4 - Lunatic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter this information into GRAMPS we will need to record all of the information on the census for each member of the household. This is done by creating a Person record for each person in turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering preliminary information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add repository 1.png|thumbnail|Add repository - Illustration 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add source 1.png|thumbnail|Add source - Illustration 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we start to enter the people there is some preliminary information that we should record first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we should add the information about where we received the census record from. This is done by creating a Repository record. To create the Repository record, start from the Gramps opening window and click on the Repository icon in the list of icons on the left of the main window. Now click the Add button in the icon bar at the top of the main window. Entry a name for the Repository in the Name field of the New Repository dialog box, in the case of the example census return it is &amp;quot;Ancestry UK&amp;quot;. Select &amp;quot;Web site&amp;quot; from the Type list. Click on the Internet tab and then on the + button on the left hand size of the tab window. Select 'Web Home' from the Type list and enter the Web Address of the Repository (http://www.ancestry.co.uk/) in the Web address field. The completed dialog is shown in illustration 2. Click OK and then click OK again. You can now see the new Repository listed in the Repository view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, we need to add the 1881 Census as a Source record so that it can be referred to when we add all the Person records. To create a Source record, click on the Sources icon in the list of icons on the left of the window. Now click the Add button on the icon bar at the top of the main window. Fill in the dialog box with the details of the source, illustration 2 shows the completed information for the 1881 Census. You should add a link to the Ancestry Repository record by clicking on the Repository tab and then on the &amp;quot;Add an existing repository&amp;quot; button (the one that looks like a pointing finger) on the right hand side of the Repository tab. Double click on the Ancestry entry in the list. In the Repository Reference Editor type &amp;quot;Certificate&amp;quot; in the Media Type field (delete anything that might already be there), then click OK to return to the New Source dialog. Once all the information has been entered click the OK button on the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add sourceref 1.png|thumbnail|Add source reference - Illustration 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add media 1.png|thumbnail|Add media - Illustration 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the image of the Census page that we are entering can be added to Gramps. You don't need to do this but it can help to keep track of the original documents. To add the image click the Media icon in the icon list on the left of the main window. Now click the Add icon in the icon bar at the top right. Locate the image on your disk drive and then click OK to add it to Gramps. NOTE: Gramps does not create a copy of the image, it only stores a link to the image. If you move or delete the image, Gramps will not be able to find it again. Once the image has been added you will be presented with the New Media dialog. You can fill in as much of the properties information as you see fit. At the very least you should fill in the Source information. Select the Sources tab and click on the &amp;quot;Add existing source&amp;quot; symbol (the one that looks like the pointing finger). You select the 1881 Census source and then fill in the Source Reference dialog with the information about this page of the Census. Illustration 4 shows the completed dialog. Click on OK when you have finished. Illustration 5 shows the completed Media dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Scratchpad 1.png|thumbnail|Clipboard - Illustration 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are going to need to enter this Source Reference information for every piece of the Census information that you add to Gramps. This can get rather repetitive after a few records. To save you retyping the information the Clipboard tool can be used to easily copy the Source Reference from one record to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the Clipboard tool you need to click on the Clipboard icon in the icon bar at the top of the main Gramps window. You now need to arrange your windows so that you can see both the Media&lt;br /&gt;
Properties Editor dialog (double click on the media record that you just created to reopen the  editor dialog) and the Clipboard widow. Once you have the windows arranged you can drag the Source Reference from the list of Sources in the Media dialog onto the Clipboard window. Illustration 6 shows the drag and drop in progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have copied the Source Reference to the Clipboard click the OK button on the Media dialog but keep the Clipboard open. You can resize the Clipboard window and move it to the side of your screen so that it does not get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the head of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add person 1.png|thumbnail|John Martin main tab - Illustration 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that we have created the Source we can start adding the people. We may as well start with the head of the family. The information that we have to enter is:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number: RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio: 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page: 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
* Address: 17 Hope Terrace, Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Name: John Martin&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex: Male (implied by the column containing the age)&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of birth: about 1845 (1881 – age 36)&lt;br /&gt;
* Occupation: Labourer in Ironworks&lt;br /&gt;
* Birth place: Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Attribute: Deaf &amp;amp; dumb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you are looking at the person list by clicking on the Person icon in the icon list on the left of the main window and then click Add to create a new person record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the Family (Martin), Given (John) and Gender (male) then click on the edit button (the one that looks like a pencil) to the left of the Prefix field. In the Name Editor you can record the fact the you know this person's name because you have the census record. Click on the Source tab. Now drag the Source Reference from the Clipboard and drop it on the source list. Click on OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the birth event. Click on the Event tab and then the + icon to add a new event. Select 'Birth' in the Event Type list and enter the date (about 1845). You may want to add a description to the event in the Description field (e.g. Birth of John Martin). Then click on the Sources tab and drag the Source Reference in from the Clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add address 1.png|thumbnail|Address record - Illustration 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each individual piece of information can have its own Source Reference added to it so that it is clear where the information came from. This is useful if you have a number of sources for a given person and you want to remember which one contributed a particular piece of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the rest of the information for John Martin. Change to the Addresses tab and click the plus button to add a new address. Illustration 8 shows the completed address dialog. Don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Sources tab as well. Once the address is complete click on the OK button and then drag the completed Address record on to the Clipboard. The Address record will be reused when we come to enter the rest of the family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add attr 1.png|thumbnail|Add attribute - Illustration 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now add an Attribute to capture the fact that John Martin was deaf and dumb. Again you need to add a Source Reference to show that this information came from the Census. By now you should have got the hang of adding information and then copying it to the Clipboard for later use. Obviously there is no need to copy records to the Clipboard if you can see that they are unique to one person and will not be needed again. Illustration 9 shows the completed Attribute dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add event 1.png|thumbnail|Add event - Illustration 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now move to the Event tab and add an Event type of Occupation to capture the fact that John Martin was a labourer in an Iron Works on Sunday 3 April 1881. To add the place information click on the + that is on the right of the Place field. Finally don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Source tab of the Event. There is no point copying this Event to the Clipboard because no one else in the family was a labourer in the Iron Works. Illustration 10 shows the completed Event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This completes the information about John Martin accept for the implied relationships with the rest of the family members. We will capture these relationships as we enter the rest of the family. Now&lt;br /&gt;
that the Person record for John Martin is complete click the OK button on the Edit Person dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the rest of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the rest of the family we are going to use the Relationships view. This will capture the relationships between the family members as we add them to the database. First we need to make sure that John Martin is the currently selected person. So click on the People View, open the Martin sublist by clicking on the small triangle to the left of the &amp;quot;Matin&amp;quot; and then click on John Martin. Now move to the Relationships View by clicking the Relationships icon in the icon list on the left hand side of the main window. This will show a Relationships View with John Martin as the Selected Person. The first person we want to add is Zillah Martin, John's wife.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right hand side of the icon bar at the top of the window there are three icons for 'Add', 'Share' and 'Partner' (if you screen is too narrow you may need to click on the small black triangle at the far right of the icon bar to see these icons). Click on the 'Partner' icon to add Zillah Martin to the database as John's wife. In the New Family dialog click on the + to the right of &amp;quot;Mother&amp;quot;. Fill in the Person record with the information for Zillah, be sure to change the &amp;quot;Type&amp;quot; to married name. Remember that you can use the information already on the  Clipboard to speed up the data entry. Once the Person record is completed click on OK. Now add the Source Reference to the Family on the Sources tab of the New Family dialog and change the Type to &amp;quot;Married&amp;quot;. You can now add an event to the Family for the marriage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Marriage event 1.png|thumbnail|Add marriage - Illustration 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately the Census records do not tells us anything about peoples marriage. In fact it is dangerous to assume that just because they say they are man and wife on the Census that they are actually married. How you deal with this is up to you. I change the Event Type to 'Possible Marriage' and enter a date of 'before 3 April 1881'. This captures what I think the census is telling me. You might choose to leave the Event Type as 'Marriage' it is up to you. Click on the Event tab in the Family View and then click on to add a new event. The Role will be set to Family. Don't forget to add the Source Reference as well. Illustration 11 shows the completed dialog. Click OK to close the dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Now we want to add this event to each of the spouses but change their Roles. Drag and drop the Event on to the Clipboard. Then click on the edit button next to &amp;quot;Martin, John&amp;quot; (the one with the pencil). Drag the Possible Marriage Event from the Clipboard and drop it on the Event tab. This will open the Event Reference Editor, change the Role to &amp;quot;Groom&amp;quot; and click OK. Click OK on the Person dialog and repeat for Zillah Martin, but change the Role to &amp;quot;Bride&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Family view 1.png|thumbnail|Completed family record - Illustration 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that both parents have been added we can add the children to the family. Click on the &amp;quot;Children Tab&amp;quot;. On the right-hand side of the Children window there are four buttons. The + button will add new children to the database. Click this button and add the information for the first child. When you Click OK to close the Person dialog for the child you will be presented with a Child Reference Editor that will ask for the relationships between the Mother and Father in the Family and the new child that you have entered. This is useful if you are entering step children etc. Just leave the relationships as Birth and drag the Source Reference in again. Repeat for the other children shown on the Census record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all the children are entered the information contained on the Census is complete. The finally Family View is shown in illustration 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Source View.png|thumbnail|Source View - Illustration 13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally take a look at the Source record for our UK Census 1881 source. Click on the Sources tab on the left of the main window and double click on the UK Census 1882 entry. Click on the References tab. You can see all the records that have been linked to this Source. This is shown in illustration 13. You will note in this view that many of the records, especially the Events, do not have very useful names. You can generate meaningful names for all the Events by clicking on the Tools -&amp;gt; Database Processing -&amp;gt; Extract Event Descriptions from Event Data menu. A word of caution, you can't undo this operation so it may be prudent to backup your database before processing. The results of running this operation are shown in illustration 14.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Source View Improved.png|thumbnail|Source View Improved- Illustration 14]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census records contain a great deal of information. Gramps provides all the flexibility required to capture the information and accurately record the correct sources for each element. It can be a time consuming exercise entering all the information. Maybe one day Gramps will be able to automate some of this process...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Addendum==&lt;br /&gt;
Copyright of the original article: Richard Taylor, rjt-gramps at thegrindstone DOT me DOT uk.&lt;br /&gt;
The original article was licensed under Creative Commons License - http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0/, and since 20070314 the author also licensed it under GFDL for use on this wiki.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Add_repository_1.png&amp;diff=6144</id>
		<title>File:Add repository 1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Add_repository_1.png&amp;diff=6144"/>
		<updated>2008-04-17T19:56:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6143</id>
		<title>Recording UK Census data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6143"/>
		<updated>2008-04-17T19:56:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: added repository screenshot&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Documentation]][[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide explains how to use gramps to record all of the information that a 1881 UK Census return contains about a household. It demonstrates how to enter Repositories, Sources, People and Families. How to link them together to ensure that every piece of information is attributed back to its source. It also explains how to use the Clipboard and &amp;quot;drag and drop&amp;quot; to speed up data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For genealogists with UK ancestors, the UK Census returns are a very important source of information. Census' have been conducted every 10 years in the UK since 1841 (details of all the UK Census dates and how to access the records can be found at [http://homepage.ntlworld.com/barry.ruck/FAQCENSUS.htm]). The census returns are available online at [http://www.ancestry.co.uk] for a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census returns are organized by location and each return shows a list of households living in a particular street. This means that once you find a return showing one of your ancestors it will also show the rest their family members living in the same house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Information contained in a Census return==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Census image 1.png|thumbnail|The Census return for John Martin in 1881 - Illustration 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the UK Census’ recorded slightly different information (full details of the information recorded on each Census can be found at [http://homepage.ntlworld.com/hitch/gendocs/census.html]. For this guide I will use an example taken from the 1881 Census that shows the family of my ancestor John Martin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Census page records the following information about where the census was taken and where the page is located within the Census record:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* City or Municipal Borough: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Municipal Ward: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Town, Village or Hamlet: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Rural Sanitary District: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then each member of the household is listed, with information about them recorded in the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 1 - No. of schedule, numbered from 1 consecutively per book&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 2 - Name of street, place or road, and name or number of house&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 3 - Houses; separate columns for inhabited and uninhabited or being built (entered as 'U' or 'B')&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 4 - Name and surname&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 5 - Relationship to head of family&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 6 - Condition; marital status&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 7 - Age last birthday; separate columns for males and females&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 8 - Rank, profession or occupation&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 9 - Where born; county/place&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 10 - Whether&lt;br /&gt;
** 1 - Deaf &amp;amp; dumb,&lt;br /&gt;
** 2 - Blind,&lt;br /&gt;
** 3 - Imbecile or idiot,&lt;br /&gt;
** 4 - Lunatic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter this information into GRAMPS we will need to record all of the information on the census for each member of the household. This is done by creating a Person record for each person in turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering preliminary information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add repository 1.png|thumbnail|Add repository - Illustration 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add source 1.png|thumbnail|Add source - Illustration 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we start to enter the people there is some preliminary information that we should record first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we should add the information about where we received the census record from. This is done by creating a Repository record. To create the Repository record, start from the Gramps opening window and click on the Repository icon in the list of icons on the left of the main window. Now click the Add button in the icon bar at the top of the main window. Entry a name for the Repository in the Name field of the New Repository dialog box, in the case of the example census return it is &amp;quot;Ancestry UK&amp;quot;. Select &amp;quot;Web site&amp;quot; from the Type list. Click on the Internet tab and then on the + button on the left hand size of the tab window. Select 'Web Home' from the Type list and enter the Web Address of the Repository (http://www.ancestry.co.uk/) in the Web address field. The completed dialog is shown in illustration 2. Click OK and then click OK again. You can now see the new Repository listed in the Repository view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, we need to add the 1881 Census as a Source record so that it can be referred to when we add all the Person records. To create a Source record, click on the Sources icon in the list of icons on the left of the window. Now click the Add button on the icon bar at the top of the main window. Fill in the dialog box with the details of the source, illustration 2 shows the completed information for the 1881 Census. You should add a link to the Ancestry Repository record by clicking on the Repository tab and then on the &amp;quot;Add an existing repository&amp;quot; button (the one that looks like a pointing finger) on the right hand side of the Repository tab. Double click on the Ancestry entry in the list. In the Repository Reference Editor type &amp;quot;Certificate&amp;quot; in the Media Type field (delete anything that might already be there), then click OK to return to the New Source dialog. Once all the information has been entered click the OK button on the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add sourceref 1.png|thumbnail|Add source reference - Illustration 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the image of the Census page that we are entering can be added to Gramps. You don't need to do this but it can help to keep track of the original documents. To add the image click the Media icon in the icon list on the left of the main window. Now click the Add icon in the icon bar at the top right. Locate the image on your disk drive and then click OK to add it to Gramps. NOTE: Gramps does not create a copy of the image, it only stores a link to the image. If you move or delete the image, Gramps will not be able to find it again. Once the image has been added you will be presented with the New Media dialog. You can fill in as much of the properties information as you see fit. At the very least you should fill in the Source information. Select the Sources tab and click on the &amp;quot;Add existing source&amp;quot; symbol (the one that looks like the pointing finger). You select the 1881 Census source and then fill in the Source Reference dialog with the information about this page of the Census. Illustration 4 shows the completed dialog. Click on OK when you have finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Scratchpad 1.png|thumbnail|Clipboard - Illustration 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are going to need to enter this Source Reference information for every piece of the Census information that you add to Gramps. This can get rather repetitive after a few records. To save you retyping the information the Clipboard tool can be used to easily copy the Source Reference from one record to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the Clipboard tool you need to click on the Clipboard icon in the icon bar at the top of the main Gramps window. You now need to arrange your windows so that you can see both the Media&lt;br /&gt;
Properties Editor dialog (double click on the media record that you just created to reopen the  editor dialog) and the Clipboard widow. Once you have the windows arranged you can drag the Source Reference from the list of Sources in the Media dialog onto the Clipboard window. Illustration 5 shows the drag and drop in progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have copied the Source Reference to the Clipboard click the OK button on the Media dialog but keep the Clipboard open. You can resize the Clipboard window and move it to the side of your screen so that it does not get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the head of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add person 1.png|thumbnail|John Martin main tab - Illustration 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that we have created the Source we can start adding the people. We may as well start with the head of the family. The information that we have to enter is:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number: RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio: 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page: 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
* Address: 17 Hope Terrace, Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Name: John Martin&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex: Male (implied by the column containing the age)&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of birth: about 1845 (1881 – age 36)&lt;br /&gt;
* Occupation: Labourer in Ironworks&lt;br /&gt;
* Birth place: Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Attribute: Deaf &amp;amp; dumb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you are looking at the person list by clicking on the Person icon in the icon list on the left of the main window and then click Add to create a new person record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the Family (Martin), Given (John) and Gender (male) then click on the edit button (the one that looks like a pencil) to the left of the Prefix field. In the Name Editor you can record the fact the you know this person's name because you have the census record. Click on the Source tab. Now drag the Source Reference from the Clipboard and drop it on the source list. Click on OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the birth event. Click on the Event tab and then the + icon to add a new event. Select 'Birth' in the Event Type list and enter the date (about 1845). You may want to add a description to the event in the Description field (e.g. Birth of John Martin). Then click on the Sources tab and drag the Source Reference in from the Clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add address 1.png|thumbnail|Address record - Illustration 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each individual piece of information can have its own Source Reference added to it so that it is clear where the information came from. This is useful if you have a number of sources for a given person and you want to remember which one contributed a particular piece of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the rest of the information for John Martin. Change to the Addresses tab and click the plus button to add a new address. Illustration 7 shows the completed address dialog. Don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Sources tab as well. Once the address is complete click on the OK button and then drag the completed Address record on to the Clipboard. The Address record will be reused when we come to enter the rest of the family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add attr 1.png|thumbnail|Add attribute - Illustration 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now add an Attribute to capture the fact that John Martin was deaf and dumb. Again you need to add a Source Reference to show that this information came from the Census. By now you should have got the hang of adding information and then copying it to the Clipboard for later use. Obviously there is no need to copy records to the Clipboard if you can see that they are unique to one person and will not be needed again. Illustration 8 shows the completed Attribute dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add event 1.png|thumbnail|Add event - Illustration 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now move to the Event tab and add an Event type of Occupation to capture the fact that John Martin was a labourer in an Iron Works on Sunday 3 April 1881. To add the place information click on the + that is on the right of the Place field. Finally don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Source tab of the Event. There is no point copying this Event to the Clipboard because no one else in the family was a labourer in the Iron Works. Illustration 9 shows the completed Event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This completes the information about John Martin accept for the implied relationships with the rest of the family members. We will capture these relationships as we enter the rest of the family. Now&lt;br /&gt;
that the Person record for John Martin is complete click the OK button on the Edit Person dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the rest of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the rest of the family we are going to use the Relationships view. This will capture the relationships between the family members as we add them to the database. First we need to make sure that John Martin is the currently selected person. So click on the People View, open the Martin sublist by clicking on the small triangle to the left of the &amp;quot;Matin&amp;quot; and then click on John Martin. Now move to the Relationships View by clicking the Relationships icon in the icon list on the left hand side of the main window. This will show a Relationships View with John Martin as the Selected Person. The first person we want to add is Zillah Martin, John's wife.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right hand side of the icon bar at the top of the window there are three icons for 'Add', 'Share' and 'Partner' (if you screen is too narrow you may need to click on the small black triangle at the far right of the icon bar to see these icons). Click on the 'Partner' icon to add Zillah Martin to the database as John's wife. In the New Family dialog click on the + to the right of &amp;quot;Mother&amp;quot;. Fill in the Person record with the information for Zillah, be sure to change the &amp;quot;Type&amp;quot; to married name. Remember that you can use the information already on the  Clipboard to speed up the data entry. Once the Person record is completed click on OK. Now add the Source Reference to the Family on the Sources tab of the New Family dialog and change the Type to &amp;quot;Married&amp;quot;. You can now add an event to the Family for the marriage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Marriage event 1.png|thumbnail|Add marriage - Illustration 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately the Census records do not tells us anything about peoples marriage. In fact it is dangerous to assume that just because they say they are man and wife on the Census that they are actually married. How you deal with this is up to you. I change the Event Type to 'Possible Marriage' and enter a date of 'before 3 April 1881'. This captures what I think the census is telling me. You might choose to leave the Event Type as 'Marriage' it is up to you. Click on the Event tab in the Family View and then click on to add a new event. The Role will be set to Family. Don't forget to add the Source Reference as well. Illustration 10 shows the completed dialog. Click OK to close the dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Now we want to add this event to each of the spouses but change their Roles. Drag and drop the Event on to the Clipboard. Then click on the edit button next to &amp;quot;Martin, John&amp;quot; (the one with the pencil). Drag the Possible Marriage Event from the Clipboard and drop it on the Event tab. This will open the Event Reference Editor, change the Role to &amp;quot;Groom&amp;quot; and click OK. Click OK on the Person dialog and repeat for Zillah Martin, but change the Role to &amp;quot;Bride&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Family view 1.png|thumbnail|Completed family record - Illustration 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that both parents have been added we can add the children to the family. Click on the &amp;quot;Children Tab&amp;quot;. On the right-hand side of the Children window there are four buttons. The + button will add new children to the database. Click this button and add the information for the first child. When you Click OK to close the Person dialog for the child you will be presented with a Child Reference Editor that will ask for the relationships between the Mother and Father in the Family and the new child that you have entered. This is useful if you are entering step children etc. Just leave the relationships as Birth and drag the Source Reference in again. Repeat for the other children shown on the Census record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all the children are entered the information contained on the Census is complete. The finally Family View is shown in illustration 11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Source View.png|thumbnail|Source View - Illustration 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally take a look at the Source record for our UK Census 1881 source. Click on the Sources tab on the left of the main window and double click on the UK Census 1882 entry. Click on the References tab. You can see all the records that have been linked to this Source. This is shown in illustration 12. You will note in this view that many of the records, especially the Events, do not have very useful names. You can generate meaningful names for all the Events by clicking on the Tools -&amp;gt; Database Processing -&amp;gt; Extract Event Descriptions from Event Data menu. A word of caution, you can't undo this operation so it may be prudent to backup your database before processing. The results of running this operation are shown in illustration 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Source View Improved.png|thumbnail|Source View Improved- Illustration 13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census records contain a great deal of information. Gramps provides all the flexibility required to capture the information and accurately record the correct sources for each element. It can be a time consuming exercise entering all the information. Maybe one day Gramps will be able to automate some of this process...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Addendum==&lt;br /&gt;
Copyright of the original article: Richard Taylor, rjt-gramps at thegrindstone DOT me DOT uk.&lt;br /&gt;
The original article was licensed under Creative Commons License - http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0/, and since 20070314 the author also licensed it under GFDL for use on this wiki.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6142</id>
		<title>Recording UK Census data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6142"/>
		<updated>2008-04-17T19:42:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Documentation]][[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide explains how to use gramps to record all of the information that a 1881 UK Census return contains about a household. It demonstrates how to enter Repositories, Sources, People and Families. How to link them together to ensure that every piece of information is attributed back to its source. It also explains how to use the Clipboard and &amp;quot;drag and drop&amp;quot; to speed up data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For genealogists with UK ancestors, the UK Census returns are a very important source of information. Census' have been conducted every 10 years in the UK since 1841 (details of all the UK Census dates and how to access the records can be found at [http://homepage.ntlworld.com/barry.ruck/FAQCENSUS.htm]). The census returns are available online at [http://www.ancestry.co.uk] for a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census returns are organized by location and each return shows a list of households living in a particular street. This means that once you find a return showing one of your ancestors it will also show the rest their family members living in the same house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Information contained in a Census return==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Census image 1.png|thumbnail|The Census return for John Martin in 1881 - Illustration 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the UK Census’ recorded slightly different information (full details of the information recorded on each Census can be found at [http://homepage.ntlworld.com/hitch/gendocs/census.html]. For this guide I will use an example taken from the 1881 Census that shows the family of my ancestor John Martin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Census page records the following information about where the census was taken and where the page is located within the Census record:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* City or Municipal Borough: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Municipal Ward: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Town, Village or Hamlet: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Rural Sanitary District: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then each member of the household is listed, with information about them recorded in the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 1 - No. of schedule, numbered from 1 consecutively per book&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 2 - Name of street, place or road, and name or number of house&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 3 - Houses; separate columns for inhabited and uninhabited or being built (entered as 'U' or 'B')&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 4 - Name and surname&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 5 - Relationship to head of family&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 6 - Condition; marital status&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 7 - Age last birthday; separate columns for males and females&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 8 - Rank, profession or occupation&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 9 - Where born; county/place&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 10 - Whether&lt;br /&gt;
** 1 - Deaf &amp;amp; dumb,&lt;br /&gt;
** 2 - Blind,&lt;br /&gt;
** 3 - Imbecile or idiot,&lt;br /&gt;
** 4 - Lunatic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter this information into GRAMPS we will need to record all of the information on the census for each member of the household. This is done by creating a Person record for each person in turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering preliminary information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add source 1.png|thumbnail|Add source - Illustration 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we start to enter the people there is some preliminary information that we should record first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we should add the information about where we received the census record from. This is done by creating a Repository record. To create the Repository record, start from the Gramps opening window and click on the Repository icon in the list of icons on the left of the main window. Now click the Add button in the icon bar at the top of the main window. Entry a name for the Repository in the Name field of the New Repository dialog box, in the case of the example census return it is &amp;quot;Ancestry UK&amp;quot;. Select &amp;quot;Web site&amp;quot; from the Type list. Click on the Internet tab and then on the + button on the left hand size of the tab window. Select 'Web Home' from the Type list and enter the Web Address of the Repository (http://www.ancestry.co.uk/) in the Web address field. Click OK and then click OK again. You can now see the new Repository listed in the Repository view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, we need to add the 1881 Census as a Source record so that it can be referred to when we add all the Person records. To create a Source record, click on the Sources icon in the list of icons on the left of the window. Now click the Add button on the icon bar at the top of the main window. Fill in the dialog box with the details of the source, illustration 2 shows the completed information for the 1881 Census. You should add a link to the Ancestry Repository record by clicking on the Repository tab and then on the &amp;quot;Add an existing repository&amp;quot; button (the one that looks like a pointing finger) on the right hand side of the Repository tab. Double click on the Ancestry entry in the list. In the Repository Reference Editor type &amp;quot;Certificate&amp;quot; in the Media Type field (delete anything that might already be there), then click OK to return to the New Source dialog. Once all the information has been entered click the OK button on the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add sourceref 1.png|thumbnail|Add source reference - Illustration 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the image of the Census page that we are entering can be added to Gramps. You don't need to do this but it can help to keep track of the original documents. To add the image click the Media icon in the icon list on the left of the main window. Now click the Add icon in the icon bar at the top right. Locate the image on your disk drive and then click OK to add it to Gramps. NOTE: Gramps does not create a copy of the image, it only stores a link to the image. If you move or delete the image, Gramps will not be able to find it again. Once the image has been added you will be presented with the New Media dialog. You can fill in as much of the properties information as you see fit. At the very least you should fill in the Source information. Select the Sources tab and click on the &amp;quot;Add existing source&amp;quot; symbol (the one that looks like the pointing finger). You select the 1881 Census source and then fill in the Source Reference dialog with the information about this page of the Census. Illustration 3 shows the completed dialog. Click on OK when you have finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Scratchpad 1.png|thumbnail|Clipboard - Illustration 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are going to need to enter this Source Reference information for every piece of the Census information that you add to Gramps. This can get rather repetitive after a few records. To save you retyping the information the Clipboard tool can be used to easily copy the Source Reference from one record to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the Clipboard tool you need to click on the Clipboard icon in the icon bar at the top of the main Gramps window. You now need to arrange your windows so that you can see both the Media&lt;br /&gt;
Properties Editor dialog (double click on the media record that you just created to reopen the  editor dialog) and the Clipboard widow. Once you have the windows arranged you can drag the Source Reference from the list of Sources in the Media dialog onto the Clipboard window. Illustration 4 shows the drag and drop in progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have copied the Source Reference to the Clipboard click the OK button on the Media dialog but keep the Clipboard open. You can resize the Clipboard window and move it to the side of your screen so that it does not get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the head of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add person 1.png|thumbnail|John Martin main tab - Illustration 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that we have created the Source we can start adding the people. We may as well start with the head of the family. The information that we have to enter is:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number: RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio: 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page: 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
* Address: 17 Hope Terrace, Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Name: John Martin&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex: Male (implied by the column containing the age)&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of birth: about 1845 (1881 – age 36)&lt;br /&gt;
* Occupation: Labourer in Ironworks&lt;br /&gt;
* Birth place: Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Attribute: Deaf &amp;amp; dumb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you are looking at the person list by clicking on the Person icon in the icon list on the left of the main window and then click Add to create a new person record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the Family (Martin), Given (John) and Gender (male) then click on the edit button (the one that looks like a pencil) to the left of the Prefix field. In the Name Editor you can record the fact the you know this person's name because you have the census record. Click on the Source tab. Now drag the Source Reference from the Clipboard and drop it on the source list. Click on OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the birth event. Click on the Event tab and then the + icon to add a new event. Select 'Birth' in the Event Type list and enter the date (about 1845). You may want to add a description to the event in the Description field (e.g. Birth of John Martin). Then click on the Sources tab and drag the Source Reference in from the Clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add address 1.png|thumbnail|Address record - Illustration 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each individual piece of information can have its own Source Reference added to it so that it is clear where the information came from. This is useful if you have a number of sources for a given person and you want to remember which one contributed a particular piece of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the rest of the information for John Martin. Change to the Addresses tab and click the plus button to add a new address. Illustration 6 shows the completed address dialog. Don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Sources tab as well. Once the address is complete click on the OK button and then drag the completed Address record on to the Clipboard. The Address record will be reused when we come to enter the rest of the family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add attr 1.png|thumbnail|Add attribute - Illustration 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now add an Attribute to capture the fact that John Martin was deaf and dumb. Again you need to add a Source Reference to show that this information came from the Census. By now you should have got the hang of adding information and then copying it to the Clipboard for later use. Obviously there is no need to copy records to the Clipboard if you can see that they are unique to one person and will not be needed again. Illustration 7 shows the completed Attribute dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add event 1.png|thumbnail|Add event - Illustration 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now move to the Event tab and add an Event type of Occupation to capture the fact that John Martin was a labourer in an Iron Works on Sunday 3 April 1881. To add the place information click on the + that is on the right of the Place field. Finally don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Source tab of the Event. There is no point copying this Event to the Clipboard because no one else in the family was a labourer in the Iron Works. Illustration 8 shows the completed Event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This completes the information about John Martin accept for the implied relationships with the rest of the family members. We will capture these relationships as we enter the rest of the family. Now&lt;br /&gt;
that the Person record for John Martin is complete click the OK button on the Edit Person dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the rest of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the rest of the family we are going to use the Relationships view. This will capture the relationships between the family members as we add them to the database. First we need to make sure that John Martin is the currently selected person. So click on the People View, open the Martin sublist by clicking on the small triangle to the left of the &amp;quot;Matin&amp;quot; and then click on John Martin. Now move to the Relationships View by clicking the Relationships icon in the icon list on the left hand side of the main window. This will show a Relationships View with John Martin as the Selected Person. The first person we want to add is Zillah Martin, John's wife.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right hand side of the icon bar at the top of the window there are three icons for 'Add', 'Share' and 'Partner' (if you screen is too narrow you may need to click on the small black triangle at the far right of the icon bar to see these icons). Click on the 'Partner' icon to add Zillah Martin to the database as John's wife. In the New Family dialog click on the + to the right of &amp;quot;Mother&amp;quot;. Fill in the Person record with the information for Zillah, be sure to change the &amp;quot;Type&amp;quot; to married name. Remember that you can use the information already on the  Clipboard to speed up the data entry. Once the Person record is completed click on OK. Now add the Source Reference to the Family on the Sources tab of the New Family dialog and change the Type to &amp;quot;Married&amp;quot;. You can now add an event to the Family for the marriage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Marriage event 1.png|thumbnail|Add marriage - Illustration 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately the Census records do not tells us anything about peoples marriage. In fact it is dangerous to assume that just because they say they are man and wife on the Census that they are actually married. How you deal with this is up to you. I change the Event Type to 'Possible Marriage' and enter a date of 'before 3 April 1881'. This captures what I think the census is telling me. You might choose to leave the Event Type as 'Marriage' it is up to you. Click on the Event tab in the Family View and then click on to add a new event. The Role will be set to Family. Don't forget to add the Source Reference as well. Illustration 9 shows the completed dialog. Click OK to close the dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Now we want to add this event to each of the spouses but change their Roles. Drag and drop the Event on to the Clipboard. Then click on the edit button next to &amp;quot;Martin, John&amp;quot; (the one with the pencil). Drag the Possible Marriage Event from the Clipboard and drop it on the Event tab. This will open the Event Reference Editor, change the Role to &amp;quot;Groom&amp;quot; and click OK. Click OK on the Person dialog and repeat for Zillah Martin, but change the Role to &amp;quot;Bride&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Family view 1.png|thumbnail|Completed family record - Illustration 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that both parents have been added we can add the children to the family. Click on the &amp;quot;Children Tab&amp;quot;. On the right-hand side of the Children window there are four buttons. The + button will add new children to the database. Click this button and add the information for the first child. When you Click OK to close the Person dialog for the child you will be presented with a Child Reference Editor that will ask for the relationships between the Mother and Father in the Family and the new child that you have entered. This is useful if you are entering step children etc. Just leave the relationships as Birth and drag the Source Reference in again. Repeat for the other children shown on the Census record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all the children are entered the information contained on the Census is complete. The finally Family View is shown in illustration 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Source View.png|thumbnail|Source View - Illustration 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally take a look at the Source record for out UK Census 1881 source. Click on the Sources tab on the left of the main window and double click on the UK Census 1882 entry. Click on the References tab. You can see all the records that have been linked to this Source. This is shown in illustration 11. You will note in this view that many of the records, especially the Events, do not have very useful names. You can generate meaningful names for all the Events by clicking on the Tools -&amp;gt; Database Processing -&amp;gt; Extract Event Descriptions from Event Data menu. A word of caution, you can't undo this operation so it may be prudent to backup your database before processing. The results of running this operation are shown in illustration 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Source View Improved.png|thumbnail|Source View Improved- Illustration 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census records contain a great deal of information. Gramps provides all the flexibility required to capture the information and accurately record the correct sources for each element. It can be a time consuming exercise entering all the information. Maybe one day Gramps will be able to automate some of this process...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Addendum==&lt;br /&gt;
Copyright of the original article: Richard Taylor, rjt-gramps at thegrindstone DOT me DOT uk.&lt;br /&gt;
The original article was licensed under Creative Commons License - http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0/, and since 20070314 the author also licensed it under GFDL for use on this wiki.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6141</id>
		<title>Recording UK Census data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6141"/>
		<updated>2008-04-17T19:28:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: corrected link&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Documentation]][[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide explains how to use gramps to record all of the information that a 1881 UK Census return contains about a household. It demonstrates how to enter Repositories, Sources, People and Families. How to link them together to ensure that every piece of information is attributed back to its source. It also explains how to use the Clipboard and &amp;quot;drag and drop&amp;quot; to speed up data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For genealogists with UK ancestors, the UK Census returns are a very important source of information. Census' have been conducted every 10 years in the UK since 1841 (details of all the UK Census dates and how to access the records can be found at [http://homepage.ntlworld.com/barry.ruck/FAQCENSUS.htm]). The census returns are available online at [http://www.ancestry.co.uk] for a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census returns are organized by location and each return shows a list of households living in a particular street. This means that once you find a return showing one of your ancestors it will also show the rest their family members living in the same house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Information contained in a Census return==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Census image 1.png|thumbnail|The Census return for John Martin in 1881 - Illustration 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the UK Census’ recorded slightly different information (full details of the information recorded on each Census can be found at [http://homepage.ntlworld.com/hitch/gendocs/census.html]. For this guide I will use an example taken from the 1881 Census that shows the family of my ancestor John Martin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Census page records the following information about where the census was taken and where the page is located within the Census record:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* City or Municipal Borough: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Municipal Ward: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Town, Village or Hamlet: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Rural Sanitary District: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then each member of the household is listed, with information about them recorded in the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 1 - No. of schedule, numbered from 1 consecutively per book&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 2 - Name of street, place or road, and name or number of house&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 3 - Houses; separate columns for inhabited and uninhabited or being built (entered as 'U' or 'B')&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 4 - Name and surname&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 5 - Relationship to head of family&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 6 - Condition; marital status&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 7 - Age last birthday; separate columns for males and females&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 8 - Rank, profession or occupation&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 9 - Where born; county/place&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 10 - Whether&lt;br /&gt;
** 1 - Deaf &amp;amp; dumb,&lt;br /&gt;
** 2 - Blind,&lt;br /&gt;
** 3 - Imbecile or idiot,&lt;br /&gt;
** 4 - Lunatic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter this information into GRAMPS we will need to record all of the information on the census for each member of the household. This is done by creating a Person record for each person in turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering preliminary information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add source 1.png|thumbnail|Add source - Illustration 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we start to enter the people there is some preliminary information that we should record first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we should add the information about where we received the census record from. This is done by creating a Repository record. To create the Repository record, start from the Gramps opening window and click on the Repository icon in the list of icons on the left of the main window. Now click the Add button in the icon bar at the top of the main window. Entry a name for the Repository in the Name field of the New Repository dialog box, in the case of the example census return it is &amp;quot;Ancestry UK&amp;quot;. Select &amp;quot;Web site&amp;quot; from the Type list. Click on the Internet tab and then on the + button on the left hand size of the tab window. Select 'Web Home' from the Type list and enter the Web Address of the Repository (http://www.ancestry.co.uk/) in the Web address field. Click OK and then click OK again. You can now see the new Repository listed in the Repository view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, we need to add the 1881 Census as a Source record so that it can be referred to when we add all the Person records. To create a Source record, click on the Sources icon in the list of icons on the left of the window. Now click the Add button on the icon bar at the top of the main window. Fill in the dialog box with the details of the source, illustration 2 shows the completed information for the 1881 Census. You should add a link to the Ancestry Repository record by clicking on the Repository tab and then on the &amp;quot;Add an existing repository&amp;quot; button (the one that looks like a pointing finger) on the right hand side of the Repository tab. Double click on the Ancestry entry in the list. In the Repository Reference Editor type &amp;quot;Certificate&amp;quot; in the Media Type field (delete anything that might already be there), then click OK to return to the New Source dialog. Once all the information has been entered click the OK button on the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add sourceref 1.png|thumbnail|Add source reference - Illustration 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the image of the Census page that we are entering can be added to Gramps. You don't need to do this but it can help to keep track of the original documents. To add the image click the Media icon in the icon list on the left of the main window. Now click the Add icon in the icon bar at the top right. Locate the image on your disk drive and then click OK to add it to Gramps. NOTE: Gramps does not create a copy of the image, it only stores a link to the image. If you move or delete the image, Gramps will not be able to find it again. Once the image has been added you will be presented with the New Media dialog. You can fill in as much of the properties information as you see fit. At the very least you should fill in the Source information. Select the Sources tab and click on the &amp;quot;Add existing source&amp;quot; symbol (the one that looks like the pointing finger). You select the 1881 Census source and then fill in the Source Reference dialog with the information about this page of the Census. Illustration 3 shows the completed dialog. Click on OK when you have finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Scratchpad 1.png|thumbnail|Clipboard - Illustration 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are going to need to enter this Source Reference information for every piece of the Census information that you add to Gramps. This can get rather repetitive after a few records. To save you retyping the information the Clipboard tool can be used to easily copy the Source Reference from one record to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the Clipboard tool you need to click on the Clipboard icon in the icon bar at the top of the main Gramps window. You now need to arrange your windows so that you can see both the Media&lt;br /&gt;
Properties Editor dialog (double click on the media record that you just created to reopen the  editor dialog) and the Clipboard widow. Once you have the windows arranged you can drag the Source Reference from the list of Sources in the Media dialog onto the Clipboard window. Illustration 4 shows the drag and drop in progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have copied the Source Reference to the Clipboard click the OK button on the Media dialog but keep the Clipboard open. You can resize the Clipboard window and move it to the side of your screen so that it does not get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the head of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add person 1.png|thumbnail|John Martin main tab - Illustration 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that we have created the Source we can start adding the people. We may as well start with the head of the family. The information that we have to enter is:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number: RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio: 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page: 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
* Address: 17 Hope Terrace, Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Name: John Martin&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex: Male (implied by the column containing the age)&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of birth: about 1845 (1881 – age 36)&lt;br /&gt;
* Occupation: Labourer in Ironworks&lt;br /&gt;
* Birth place: Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Attribute: Deaf &amp;amp; dumb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you are looking at the person list by clicking on the Person icon in the icon list on the left of the main window and then click Add to create a new person record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the Family (Martin), Given (John) and Gender (male) then click on the edit button (the one that looks like a pencil) to the left of the Prefix field. In the Name Editor you can record the fact the you know this person's name because you have the census record. Click on the Source tab. Now drag the Source Reference from the Clipboard and drop it on the source list. Click on OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the birth event. Click on the Event tab and then the + icon to add a new event. Select 'Birth' in the Event Type list and enter the date (about 1845). You may want to add a description to the event in the Description field (e.g. Birth of John Martin). Then click on the Sources tab and drag the Source Reference in from the Clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add address 1.png|thumbnail|Address record - Illustration 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each individual piece of information can have its own Source Reference added to it so that it is clear where the information came from. This is useful if you have a number of sources for a given person and you want to remember which one contributed a particular piece of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the rest of the information for John Martin. Change to the Addresses tab and click the plus button to add a new address. Illustration 6 shows the completed address dialog. Don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Sources tab as well. Once the address is complete click on the OK button and then drag the completed Address record on to the Clipboard. The Address record will be reused when we come to enter the rest of the family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add attr 1.png|thumbnail|Add attribute - Illustration 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now add an Attribute to capture the fact that John Martin was deaf and dumb. Again you need to add a Source Reference to show that this information came from the Census. By now you should have got the hang of adding information and then copying it to the Clipboard for later use. Obviously there is no need to copy records to the Clipboard if you can see that they are unique to one person and will not be needed again. Illustration 7 shows the completed Attribute dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add event 1.png|thumbnail|Add event - Illustration 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now move to the Event tab and add an Event type of Occupation to capture the fact that John Martin was a labourer in an Iron Works on Sunday 3 April 1881. To add the place information click on the + that is on the right of the Place field. Finally don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Source tab of the Event. There is no point copying this Event to the Clipboard because no one else in the family was a labourer in the Iron Works. Illustration 8 shows the completed Event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This completes the information about John Martin accept for the implied relationships with the rest of the family members. We will capture these relationships as we enter the rest of the family. Now&lt;br /&gt;
that the Person record for John Martin is complete click the OK button on the Edit Person dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the rest of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the rest of the family we are going to use the Relationships view. This will capture the relationships between the family members as we add them to the database. First we need to make sure that John Martin is the currently selected person. So click on the People View, open the Martin sublist by clicking on the small triangle to the left of the &amp;quot;Matin&amp;quot; and then click on John Martin. Now move to the Relationships View by clicking the Relationships icon in the icon list on the left hand side of the main window. This will show a Relationships View with John Martin as the Selected Person. The first person we want to add is Zillah Martin, John's wife.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right hand side of the icon bar at the top of the window there are three icons for 'Add', 'Share' and 'Partner' (if you screen is too narrow you may need to click on the small black triangle at the far right of the icon bar to see these icons). Click on the 'Partner' icon to add Zilla Martin to the database as John's wife. In the New Family dialog click on the + to the right of &amp;quot;Mother&amp;quot;. Fill in the Person record with the information for Zilla, be sure to change the &amp;quot;Type&amp;quot; to married name. Remember that you can use the information already on the  Clipboard to speed up the data entry. Once the Person record is completed click on OK. Now add the Source Reference to the Family on the Sources tab of the New Family dialog and change the Type to &amp;quot;Married&amp;quot;. You can now add an event to the Family for the marriage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Marriage event 1.png|thumbnail|Add marriage - Illustration 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately the Census records do not tells us anything about peoples marriage. In fact it is dangerous to assume that just because they say they are man and wife on the Census that they are actually married. How you deal with this is up to you. I change the Event Type to 'Possible Marriage' and enter a date of 'before 3 April 1881'. This captures what I think the census is telling me. You might choose to leave the Event Type as 'Marriage' it is up to you. The Role will be set to Family. Don't forget to add the Source Reference as well. Illustration 9 shows the completed dialog. Click OK to close the dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Now we want to add this event to each of the spouses but change their Roles. Drag and drop the Event on to the Clipboard. The click on the edit button next to &amp;quot;Martin, John&amp;quot; (the one with the pencil). Drag the Possible Marriage Event from the Clipboard and drop it on the Event tab. This will open the Event Reference Editor, change the Role to &amp;quot;Groom&amp;quot; and click OK. Click OK on the Person dialog and repeat for Zilla Martin, but change the Role to &amp;quot;Bride&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Family view 1.png|thumbnail|Completed family record - Illustration 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that both parents have been added we can add the children to the family. Click on the &amp;quot;Children Tab&amp;quot;. On the right-hand side of the Children window there are four buttons. The + button will add new children to the database. Click this button and add the information for the first child. When you Click OK to close the Person dialog for the child you will be presented with a Child Reference Editor that will ask for the relationships between the Mother and Father in the Family and the new child that you have entered. This is useful if you are entering step children etc. Just leave the relationships as Birth and drag the Source Reference in again. Repeat for the other children shown on the Census record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all the children are entered the information contained on the Census is complete. The finally Family View is shown in illustration 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Source View.png|thumbnail|Source View - Illustration 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally take a look at the Source record for out UK Census 1881 source. Click on the Sources tab on the left of the main window and double click on the UK Census 1882 entry. Click on the References tab. You can see all the records that have been linked to this Source. This is shown in illustration 11. You will note in this view that many of the records, especially the Events, do not have very useful names. You can generate meaningful names for all the Events by clicking on the Tools -&amp;gt; Database Processing -&amp;gt; Extract Event Descriptions from Event Data menu. A word of caution, you can't undo this operation so it may be prudent to backup your database before processing. The results of running this operation are shown in illustration 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Source View Improved.png|thumbnail|Source View Improved- Illustration 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census records contain a great deal of information. Gramps provides all the flexibility required to capture the information and accurately record the correct sources for each element. It can be a time consuming exercise entering all the information. Maybe one day Gramps will be able to automate some of this process...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Addendum==&lt;br /&gt;
Copyright of the original article: Richard Taylor, rjt-gramps at thegrindstone DOT me DOT uk.&lt;br /&gt;
The original article was licensed under Creative Commons License - http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0/, and since 20070314 the author also licensed it under GFDL for use on this wiki.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6123</id>
		<title>Recording UK Census data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6123"/>
		<updated>2008-04-16T20:25:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: Completed update to gramps 3&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Documentation]][[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide explains how to use gramps to record all of the information that a 1881 UK Census return contains about a household. It demonstrates how to enter Repositories, Sources, People and Families. How to link them together to ensure that every piece of information is attributed back to its source. It also explains how to use the Clipboard and &amp;quot;drag and drop&amp;quot; to speed up data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For genealogists with UK ancestors, the UK Census returns are a very important source of information. Census' have been conducted every 10 years in the UK since 1841 (details of all the UK Census dates and how to access the records can be found at [http://homepage.ntlworld.com/barry.ruck/FAQCENSUS.htm]). The census returns are available online at [http://www.ancestry.co.uk] for a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census returns are organized by location and each return shows a list of households living in a particular street. This means that once you find a return showing one of your ancestors it will also show the rest their family members living in the same house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Information contained in a Census return==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Census image 1.png|thumbnail|The Census return for John Martin in 1881 - Illustration 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the UK Census’ recorded slightly different information (full details of the information recorded on each Census can be found at [http://www.gendocs.demon.co.uk/census.html]. For this guide I will use an example taken from the 1881 Census that shows the family of my ancestor John Martin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Census page records the following information about where the census was taken and where the page is located within the Census record:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* City or Municipal Borough: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Municipal Ward: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Town, Village or Hamlet: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Rural Sanitary District: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then each member of the household is listed, with information about them recorded in the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 1 - No. of schedule, numbered from 1 consecutively per book&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 2 - Name of street, place or road, and name or number of house&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 3 - Houses; separate columns for inhabited and uninhabited or being built (entered as 'U' or 'B')&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 4 - Name and surname&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 5 - Relationship to head of family&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 6 - Condition; marital status&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 7 - Age last birthday; separate columns for males and females&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 8 - Rank, profession or occupation&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 9 - Where born; county/place&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 10 - Whether&lt;br /&gt;
** 1 - Deaf &amp;amp; dumb,&lt;br /&gt;
** 2 - Blind,&lt;br /&gt;
** 3 - Imbecile or idiot,&lt;br /&gt;
** 4 - Lunatic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter this information into GRAMPS we will need to record all of the information on the census for each member of the household. This is done by creating a Person record for each person in turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering preliminary information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add source 1.png|thumbnail|Add source - Illustration 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we start to enter the people there is some preliminary information that we should record first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we should add the information about where we received the census record from. This is done by creating a Repository record. To create the Repository record, start from the Gramps opening window and click on the Repository icon in the list of icons on the left of the main window. Now click the Add button in the icon bar at the top of the main window. Entry a name for the Repository in the Name field of the New Repository dialog box, in the case of the example census return it is &amp;quot;Ancestry UK&amp;quot;. Select &amp;quot;Web site&amp;quot; from the Type list. Click on the Internet tab and then on the + button on the left hand size of the tab window. Select 'Web Home' from the Type list and enter the Web Address of the Repository (http://www.ancestry.co.uk/) in the Web address field. Click OK and then click OK again. You can now see the new Repository listed in the Repository view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, we need to add the 1881 Census as a Source record so that it can be referred to when we add all the Person records. To create a Source record, click on the Sources icon in the list of icons on the left of the window. Now click the Add button on the icon bar at the top of the main window. Fill in the dialog box with the details of the source, illustration 2 shows the completed information for the 1881 Census. You should add a link to the Ancestry Repository record by clicking on the Repository tab and then on the &amp;quot;Add an existing repository&amp;quot; button (the one that looks like a pointing finger) on the right hand side of the Repository tab. Double click on the Ancestry entry in the list. In the Repository Reference Editor type &amp;quot;Certificate&amp;quot; in the Media Type field (delete anything that might already be there), then click OK to return to the New Source dialog. Once all the information has been entered click the OK button on the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add sourceref 1.png|thumbnail|Add source reference - Illustration 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the image of the Census page that we are entering can be added to Gramps. You don't need to do this but it can help to keep track of the original documents. To add the image click the Media icon in the icon list on the left of the main window. Now click the Add icon in the icon bar at the top right. Locate the image on your disk drive and then click OK to add it to Gramps. NOTE: Gramps does not create a copy of the image, it only stores a link to the image. If you move or delete the image, Gramps will not be able to find it again. Once the image has been added you will be presented with the New Media dialog. You can fill in as much of the properties information as you see fit. At the very least you should fill in the Source information. Select the Sources tab and click on the &amp;quot;Add existing source&amp;quot; symbol (the one that looks like the pointing finger). You select the 1881 Census source and then fill in the Source Reference dialog with the information about this page of the Census. Illustration 3 shows the completed dialog. Click on OK when you have finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Scratchpad 1.png|thumbnail|Clipboard - Illustration 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are going to need to enter this Source Reference information for every piece of the Census information that you add to Gramps. This can get rather repetitive after a few records. To save you retyping the information the Clipboard tool can be used to easily copy the Source Reference from one record to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the Clipboard tool you need to click on the Clipboard icon in the icon bar at the top of the main Gramps window. You now need to arrange your windows so that you can see both the Media&lt;br /&gt;
Properties Editor dialog (double click on the media record that you just created to reopen the  editor dialog) and the Clipboard widow. Once you have the windows arranged you can drag the Source Reference from the list of Sources in the Media dialog onto the Clipboard window. Illustration 4 shows the drag and drop in progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have copied the Source Reference to the Clipboard click the OK button on the Media dialog but keep the Clipboard open. You can resize the Clipboard window and move it to the side of your screen so that it does not get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the head of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add person 1.png|thumbnail|John Martin main tab - Illustration 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that we have created the Source we can start adding the people. We may as well start with the head of the family. The information that we have to enter is:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number: RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio: 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page: 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
* Address: 17 Hope Terrace, Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Name: John Martin&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex: Male (implied by the column containing the age)&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of birth: about 1845 (1881 – age 36)&lt;br /&gt;
* Occupation: Labourer in Ironworks&lt;br /&gt;
* Birth place: Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Attribute: Deaf &amp;amp; dumb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you are looking at the person list by clicking on the Person icon in the icon list on the left of the main window and then click Add to create a new person record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the Family (Martin), Given (John) and Gender (male) then click on the edit button (the one that looks like a pencil) to the left of the Prefix field. In the Name Editor you can record the fact the you know this person's name because you have the census record. Click on the Source tab. Now drag the Source Reference from the Clipboard and drop it on the source list. Click on OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the birth event. Click on the Event tab and then the + icon to add a new event. Select 'Birth' in the Event Type list and enter the date (about 1845). You may want to add a description to the event in the Description field (e.g. Birth of John Martin). Then click on the Sources tab and drag the Source Reference in from the Clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add address 1.png|thumbnail|Address record - Illustration 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each individual piece of information can have its own Source Reference added to it so that it is clear where the information came from. This is useful if you have a number of sources for a given person and you want to remember which one contributed a particular piece of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the rest of the information for John Martin. Change to the Addresses tab and click the plus button to add a new address. Illustration 6 shows the completed address dialog. Don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Sources tab as well. Once the address is complete click on the OK button and then drag the completed Address record on to the Clipboard. The Address record will be reused when we come to enter the rest of the family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add attr 1.png|thumbnail|Add attribute - Illustration 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now add an Attribute to capture the fact that John Martin was deaf and dumb. Again you need to add a Source Reference to show that this information came from the Census. By now you should have got the hang of adding information and then copying it to the Clipboard for later use. Obviously there is no need to copy records to the Clipboard if you can see that they are unique to one person and will not be needed again. Illustration 7 shows the completed Attribute dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add event 1.png|thumbnail|Add event - Illustration 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now move to the Event tab and add an Event type of Occupation to capture the fact that John Martin was a labourer in an Iron Works on Sunday 3 April 1881. To add the place information click on the + that is on the right of the Place field. Finally don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Source tab of the Event. There is no point copying this Event to the Clipboard because no one else in the family was a labourer in the Iron Works. Illustration 8 shows the completed Event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This completes the information about John Martin accept for the implied relationships with the rest of the family members. We will capture these relationships as we enter the rest of the family. Now&lt;br /&gt;
that the Person record for John Martin is complete click the OK button on the Edit Person dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the rest of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the rest of the family we are going to use the Relationships view. This will capture the relationships between the family members as we add them to the database. First we need to make sure that John Martin is the currently selected person. So click on the People View, open the Martin sublist by clicking on the small triangle to the left of the &amp;quot;Matin&amp;quot; and then click on John Martin. Now move to the Relationships View by clicking the Relationships icon in the icon list on the left hand side of the main window. This will show a Relationships View with John Martin as the Selected Person. The first person we want to add is Zillah Martin, John's wife.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right hand side of the icon bar at the top of the window there are three icons for 'Add', 'Share' and 'Partner' (if you screen is too narrow you may need to click on the small black triangle at the far right of the icon bar to see these icons). Click on the 'Partner' icon to add Zilla Martin to the database as John's wife. In the New Family dialog click on the + to the right of &amp;quot;Mother&amp;quot;. Fill in the Person record with the information for Zilla, be sure to change the &amp;quot;Type&amp;quot; to married name. Remember that you can use the information already on the  Clipboard to speed up the data entry. Once the Person record is completed click on OK. Now add the Source Reference to the Family on the Sources tab of the New Family dialog and change the Type to &amp;quot;Married&amp;quot;. You can now add an event to the Family for the marriage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Marriage event 1.png|thumbnail|Add marriage - Illustration 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately the Census records do not tells us anything about peoples marriage. In fact it is dangerous to assume that just because they say they are man and wife on the Census that they are actually married. How you deal with this is up to you. I change the Event Type to 'Possible Marriage' and enter a date of 'before 3 April 1881'. This captures what I think the census is telling me. You might choose to leave the Event Type as 'Marriage' it is up to you. The Role will be set to Family. Don't forget to add the Source Reference as well. Illustration 9 shows the completed dialog. Click OK to close the dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Now we want to add this event to each of the spouses but change their Roles. Drag and drop the Event on to the Clipboard. The click on the edit button next to &amp;quot;Martin, John&amp;quot; (the one with the pencil). Drag the Possible Marriage Event from the Clipboard and drop it on the Event tab. This will open the Event Reference Editor, change the Role to &amp;quot;Groom&amp;quot; and click OK. Click OK on the Person dialog and repeat for Zilla Martin, but change the Role to &amp;quot;Bride&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Family view 1.png|thumbnail|Completed family record - Illustration 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that both parents have been added we can add the children to the family. Click on the &amp;quot;Children Tab&amp;quot;. On the right-hand side of the Children window there are four buttons. The + button will add new children to the database. Click this button and add the information for the first child. When you Click OK to close the Person dialog for the child you will be presented with a Child Reference Editor that will ask for the relationships between the Mother and Father in the Family and the new child that you have entered. This is useful if you are entering step children etc. Just leave the relationships as Birth and drag the Source Reference in again. Repeat for the other children shown on the Census record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all the children are entered the information contained on the Census is complete. The finally Family View is shown in illustration 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Source View.png|thumbnail|Source View - Illustration 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally take a look at the Source record for out UK Census 1881 source. Click on the Sources tab on the left of the main window and double click on the UK Census 1882 entry. Click on the References tab. You can see all the records that have been linked to this Source. This is shown in illustration 11. You will note in this view that many of the records, especially the Events, do not have very useful names. You can generate meaningful names for all the Events by clicking on the Tools -&amp;gt; Database Processing -&amp;gt; Extract Event Descriptions from Event Data menu. A word of caution, you can't undo this operation so it may be prudent to backup your database before processing. The results of running this operation are shown in illustration 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Source View Improved.png|thumbnail|Source View Improved- Illustration 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census records contain a great deal of information. Gramps provides all the flexibility required to capture the information and accurately record the correct sources for each element. It can be a time consuming exercise entering all the information. Maybe one day Gramps will be able to automate some of this process...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Addendum==&lt;br /&gt;
Copyright of the original article: Richard Taylor, rjt-gramps at thegrindstone DOT me DOT uk.&lt;br /&gt;
The original article was licensed under Creative Commons License - http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0/, and since 20070314 the author also licensed it under GFDL for use on this wiki.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Source_View_Improved.png&amp;diff=6122</id>
		<title>File:Source View Improved.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Source_View_Improved.png&amp;diff=6122"/>
		<updated>2008-04-16T20:20:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6121</id>
		<title>Recording UK Census data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6121"/>
		<updated>2008-04-16T20:20:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: /* Entering the rest of the family */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{cleanup}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation]][[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: This tutorial is currently being updated for gramps version 3. I am half way through so don't be surprised if it keeps changing at the moment - rjt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide explains how to record all of the information about a household on one census return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For genealogists with UK ancestors, the UK Census returns are a very important source of information. Census' have been conducted every 10 years in the UK since 1841 (details of all the UK Census dates and how to access the records can be found at [http://homepage.ntlworld.com/barry.ruck/FAQCENSUS.htm]). The census returns are available online at [http://www.ancestry.co.uk] for a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census returns are organized by location and each return shows a list of households living in a particular street. This means that once you find a return showing one of your ancestors it will also show the rest their family members living in the same house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Information contained in a Census return==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Census image 1.png|thumbnail|The Census return for John Martin in 1881 - Illustration 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the UK Census’ recorded slightly different information (full details of the information recorded on each Census can be found at [http://www.gendocs.demon.co.uk/census.html]. For this guide I will use an example taken from the 1881 Census that shows the family of my ancestor John Martin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Census page records the following information about where the census was taken and where the page is located within the Census record:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* City or Municipal Borough: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Municipal Ward: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Town, Village or Hamlet: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Rural Sanitary District: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then each member of the household is listed, with information about them recorded in the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 1 - No. of schedule, numbered from 1 consecutively per book&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 2 - Name of street, place or road, and name or number of house&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 3 - Houses; separate columns for inhabited and uninhabited or being built (entered as 'U' or 'B')&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 4 - Name and surname&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 5 - Relationship to head of family&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 6 - Condition; marital status&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 7 - Age last birthday; separate columns for males and females&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 8 - Rank, profession or occupation&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 9 - Where born; county/place&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 10 - Whether&lt;br /&gt;
** 1 - Deaf &amp;amp; dumb,&lt;br /&gt;
** 2 - Blind,&lt;br /&gt;
** 3 - Imbecile or idiot,&lt;br /&gt;
** 4 - Lunatic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter this information into GRAMPS we will need to record all of the information on the census for each member of the household. This is done by creating a Person record for each person in turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering preliminary information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add source 1.png|thumbnail|Add source - Illustration 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we start to enter the people there is some preliminary information that we should record first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we should add the information about where we received the census record from. This is done by creating a Repository record. To create the Repository record, start from the Gramps opening window and click on the Repository icon in the list of icons on the left of the main window. Now click the Add button in the icon bar at the top of the main window. Entry a name for the Repository in the Name field of the New Repository dialog box, in the case of the example census return it is &amp;quot;Ancestry UK&amp;quot;. Select &amp;quot;Web site&amp;quot; from the Type list. Click on the Internet tab and then on the + button on the left hand size of the tab window. Select 'Web Home' from the Type list and enter the Web Address of the Repository (http://www.ancestry.co.uk/) in the Web address field. Click OK and then click OK again. You can now see the new Repository listed in the Repository view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, we need to add the 1881 Census as a Source record so that it can be referred to when we add all the Person records. To create a Source record, click on the Sources icon in the list of icons on the left of the window. Now click the Add button on the icon bar at the top of the main window. Fill in the dialog box with the details of the source, illustration 2 shows the completed information for the 1881 Census. You should add a link to the Ancestry Repository record by clicking on the Repository tab and then on the &amp;quot;Add an existing repository&amp;quot; button (the one that looks like a pointing finger) on the right hand side of the Repository tab. Double click on the Ancestry entry in the list. In the Repository Reference Editor type &amp;quot;Certificate&amp;quot; in the Media Type field (delete anything that might already be there), then click OK to return to the New Source dialog. Once all the information has been entered click the OK button on the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add sourceref 1.png|thumbnail|Add source reference - Illustration 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the image of the Census page that we are entering can be added to Gramps. You don't need to do this but it can help to keep track of the original documents. To add the image click the Media icon in the icon list on the left of the main window. Now click the Add icon in the icon bar at the top right. Locate the image on your disk drive and then click OK to add it to Gramps. NOTE: Gramps does not create a copy of the image, it only stores a link to the image. If you move or delete the image, Gramps will not be able to find it again. Once the image has been added you will be presented with the New Media dialog. You can fill in as much of the properties information as you see fit. At the very least you should fill in the Source information. Select the Sources tab and click on the &amp;quot;Add existing source&amp;quot; symbol (the one that looks like the pointing finger). You select the 1881 Census source and then fill in the Source Reference dialog with the information about this page of the Census. Illustration 3 shows the completed dialog. Click on OK when you have finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Scratchpad 1.png|thumbnail|Clipboard - Illustration 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are going to need to enter this Source Reference information for every piece of the Census information that you add to Gramps. This can get rather repetitive after a few records. To save you retyping the information the Clipboard tool can be used to easily copy the Source Reference from one record to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the Clipboard tool you need to click on the Clipboard icon in the icon bar at the top of the main Gramps window. You now need to arrange your windows so that you can see both the Media&lt;br /&gt;
Properties Editor dialog (double click on the media record that you just created to reopen the  editor dialog) and the Clipboard widow. Once you have the windows arranged you can drag the Source Reference from the list of Sources in the Media dialog onto the Clipboard window. Illustration 4 shows the drag and drop in progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have copied the Source Reference to the Clipboard click the OK button on the Media dialog but keep the Clipboard open. You can resize the Clipboard window and move it to the side of your screen so that it does not get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the head of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add person 1.png|thumbnail|John Martin main tab - Illustration 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that we have created the Source we can start adding the people. We may as well start with the head of the family. The information that we have to enter is:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number: RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio: 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page: 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
* Address: 17 Hope Terrace, Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Name: John Martin&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex: Male (implied by the column containing the age)&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of birth: about 1845 (1881 – age 36)&lt;br /&gt;
* Occupation: Labourer in Ironworks&lt;br /&gt;
* Birth place: Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Attribute: Deaf &amp;amp; dumb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you are looking at the person list by clicking on the Person icon in the icon list on the left of the main window and then click Add to create a new person record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the Family (Martin), Given (John) and Gender (male) then click on the edit button (the one that looks like a pencil) to the left of the Prefix field. In the Name Editor you can record the fact the you know this person's name because you have the census record. Click on the Source tab. Now drag the Source Reference from the Clipboard and drop it on the source list. Click on OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the birth event. Click on the Event tab and then the + icon to add a new event. Select 'Birth' in the Event Type list and enter the date (about 1845). You may want to add a description to the event in the Description field (e.g. Birth of John Martin). Then click on the Sources tab and drag the Source Reference in from the Clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add address 1.png|thumbnail|Address record - Illustration 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each individual piece of information can have its own Source Reference added to it so that it is clear where the information came from. This is useful if you have a number of sources for a given person and you want to remember which one contributed a particular piece of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the rest of the information for John Martin. Change to the Addresses tab and click the plus button to add a new address. Illustration 6 shows the completed address dialog. Don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Sources tab as well. Once the address is complete click on the OK button and then drag the completed Address record on to the Clipboard. The Address record will be reused when we come to enter the rest of the family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add attr 1.png|thumbnail|Add attribute - Illustration 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now add an Attribute to capture the fact that John Martin was deaf and dumb. Again you need to add a Source Reference to show that this information came from the Census. By now you should have got the hang of adding information and then copying it to the Clipboard for later use. Obviously there is no need to copy records to the Clipboard if you can see that they are unique to one person and will not be needed again. Illustration 7 shows the completed Attribute dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add event 1.png|thumbnail|Add event - Illustration 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now move to the Event tab and add an Event type of Occupation to capture the fact that John Martin was a labourer in an Iron Works on Sunday 3 April 1881. To add the place information click on the + that is on the right of the Place field. Finally don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Source tab of the Event. There is no point copying this Event to the Clipboard because no one else in the family was a labourer in the Iron Works. Illustration 8 shows the completed Event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This completes the information about John Martin accept for the implied relationships with the rest of the family members. We will capture these relationships as we enter the rest of the family. Now&lt;br /&gt;
that the Person record for John Martin is complete click the OK button on the Edit Person dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the rest of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the rest of the family we are going to use the Relationships view. This will capture the relationships between the family members as we add them to the database. First we need to make sure that John Martin is the currently selected person. So click on the People View, open the Martin sublist by clicking on the small triangle to the left of the &amp;quot;Matin&amp;quot; and then click on John Martin. Now move to the Relationships View by clicking the Relationships icon in the icon list on the left hand side of the main window. This will show a Relationships View with John Martin as the Selected Person. The first person we want to add is Zillah Martin, John's wife.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right hand side of the icon bar at the top of the window there are three icons for 'Add', 'Share' and 'Partner' (if you screen is too narrow you may need to click on the small black triangle at the far right of the icon bar to see these icons). Click on the 'Partner' icon to add Zilla Martin to the database as John's wife. In the New Family dialog click on the + to the right of &amp;quot;Mother&amp;quot;. Fill in the Person record with the information for Zilla, be sure to change the &amp;quot;Type&amp;quot; to married name. Remember that you can use the information already on the  Clipboard to speed up the data entry. Once the Person record is completed click on OK. Now add the Source Reference to the Family on the Sources tab of the New Family dialog and change the Type to &amp;quot;Married&amp;quot;. You can now add an event to the Family for the marriage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Marriage event 1.png|thumbnail|Add marriage - Illustration 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately the Census records do not tells us anything about peoples marriage. In fact it is dangerous to assume that just because they say they are man and wife on the Census that they are actually married. How you deal with this is up to you. I change the Event Type to 'Possible Marriage' and enter a date of 'before 3 April 1881'. This captures what I think the census is telling me. You might choose to leave the Event Type as 'Marriage' it is up to you. The Role will be set to Family. Don't forget to add the Source Reference as well. Illustration 9 shows the completed dialog. Click OK to close the dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Now we want to add this event to each of the spouses but change their Roles. Drag and drop the Event on to the Clipboard. The click on the edit button next to &amp;quot;Martin, John&amp;quot; (the one with the pencil). Drag the Possible Marriage Event from the Clipboard and drop it on the Event tab. This will open the Event Reference Editor, change the Role to &amp;quot;Groom&amp;quot; and click OK. Click OK on the Person dialog and repeat for Zilla Martin, but change the Role to &amp;quot;Bride&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Family view 1.png|thumbnail|Completed family record - Illustration 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that both parents have been added we can add the children to the family. Click on the &amp;quot;Children Tab&amp;quot;. On the right-hand side of the Children window there are four buttons. The + button will add new children to the database. Click this button and add the information for the first child. When you Click OK to close the Person dialog for the child you will be presented with a Child Reference Editor that will ask for the relationships between the Mother and Father in the Family and the new child that you have entered. This is useful if you are entering step children etc. Just leave the relationships as Birth and drag the Source Reference in again. Repeat for the other children shown on the Census record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all the children are entered the information contained on the Census is complete. The finally Family View is shown in illustration 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Source View.png|thumbnail|Source View - Illustration 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally take a look at the Source record for out UK Census 1881 source. Click on the Sources tab on the left of the main window and double click on the UK Census 1882 entry. Click on the References tab. You can see all the records that have been linked to this Source. This is shown in illustration 11. You will note in this view that many of the records, especially the Events, do not have very useful names. You can generate meaningful names for all the Events by clicking on the Tools -&amp;gt; Database Processing -&amp;gt; Extract Event Descriptions from Event Data menu. A word of caution, you can't undo this operation so it may be prudent to backup your database before processing. The results of running this operation are shown in illustration 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Source View Improved.png|thumbnail|Source View Improved- Illustration 12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census records contain a great deal of information. Gramps provides all the flexibility required to capture the information and accurately record the correct sources for each element. It can be a time consuming exercise entering all the information. Maybe one day Gramps will be able to automate some of this process...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Addendum==&lt;br /&gt;
Copyright of the original article: Richard Taylor, rjt-gramps at thegrindstone DOT me DOT uk.&lt;br /&gt;
The original article was licensed under Creative Commons License - http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0/, and since 20070314 the author also licensed it under GFDL for use on this wiki.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Source_View.png&amp;diff=6120</id>
		<title>File:Source View.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Source_View.png&amp;diff=6120"/>
		<updated>2008-04-16T20:18:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6119</id>
		<title>Recording UK Census data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6119"/>
		<updated>2008-04-16T20:18:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{cleanup}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation]][[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: This tutorial is currently being updated for gramps version 3. I am half way through so don't be surprised if it keeps changing at the moment - rjt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide explains how to record all of the information about a household on one census return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For genealogists with UK ancestors, the UK Census returns are a very important source of information. Census' have been conducted every 10 years in the UK since 1841 (details of all the UK Census dates and how to access the records can be found at [http://homepage.ntlworld.com/barry.ruck/FAQCENSUS.htm]). The census returns are available online at [http://www.ancestry.co.uk] for a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census returns are organized by location and each return shows a list of households living in a particular street. This means that once you find a return showing one of your ancestors it will also show the rest their family members living in the same house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Information contained in a Census return==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Census image 1.png|thumbnail|The Census return for John Martin in 1881 - Illustration 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the UK Census’ recorded slightly different information (full details of the information recorded on each Census can be found at [http://www.gendocs.demon.co.uk/census.html]. For this guide I will use an example taken from the 1881 Census that shows the family of my ancestor John Martin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Census page records the following information about where the census was taken and where the page is located within the Census record:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* City or Municipal Borough: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Municipal Ward: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Town, Village or Hamlet: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Rural Sanitary District: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then each member of the household is listed, with information about them recorded in the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 1 - No. of schedule, numbered from 1 consecutively per book&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 2 - Name of street, place or road, and name or number of house&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 3 - Houses; separate columns for inhabited and uninhabited or being built (entered as 'U' or 'B')&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 4 - Name and surname&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 5 - Relationship to head of family&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 6 - Condition; marital status&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 7 - Age last birthday; separate columns for males and females&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 8 - Rank, profession or occupation&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 9 - Where born; county/place&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 10 - Whether&lt;br /&gt;
** 1 - Deaf &amp;amp; dumb,&lt;br /&gt;
** 2 - Blind,&lt;br /&gt;
** 3 - Imbecile or idiot,&lt;br /&gt;
** 4 - Lunatic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter this information into GRAMPS we will need to record all of the information on the census for each member of the household. This is done by creating a Person record for each person in turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering preliminary information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add source 1.png|thumbnail|Add source - Illustration 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we start to enter the people there is some preliminary information that we should record first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we should add the information about where we received the census record from. This is done by creating a Repository record. To create the Repository record, start from the Gramps opening window and click on the Repository icon in the list of icons on the left of the main window. Now click the Add button in the icon bar at the top of the main window. Entry a name for the Repository in the Name field of the New Repository dialog box, in the case of the example census return it is &amp;quot;Ancestry UK&amp;quot;. Select &amp;quot;Web site&amp;quot; from the Type list. Click on the Internet tab and then on the + button on the left hand size of the tab window. Select 'Web Home' from the Type list and enter the Web Address of the Repository (http://www.ancestry.co.uk/) in the Web address field. Click OK and then click OK again. You can now see the new Repository listed in the Repository view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, we need to add the 1881 Census as a Source record so that it can be referred to when we add all the Person records. To create a Source record, click on the Sources icon in the list of icons on the left of the window. Now click the Add button on the icon bar at the top of the main window. Fill in the dialog box with the details of the source, illustration 2 shows the completed information for the 1881 Census. You should add a link to the Ancestry Repository record by clicking on the Repository tab and then on the &amp;quot;Add an existing repository&amp;quot; button (the one that looks like a pointing finger) on the right hand side of the Repository tab. Double click on the Ancestry entry in the list. In the Repository Reference Editor type &amp;quot;Certificate&amp;quot; in the Media Type field (delete anything that might already be there), then click OK to return to the New Source dialog. Once all the information has been entered click the OK button on the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add sourceref 1.png|thumbnail|Add source reference - Illustration 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the image of the Census page that we are entering can be added to Gramps. You don't need to do this but it can help to keep track of the original documents. To add the image click the Media icon in the icon list on the left of the main window. Now click the Add icon in the icon bar at the top right. Locate the image on your disk drive and then click OK to add it to Gramps. NOTE: Gramps does not create a copy of the image, it only stores a link to the image. If you move or delete the image, Gramps will not be able to find it again. Once the image has been added you will be presented with the New Media dialog. You can fill in as much of the properties information as you see fit. At the very least you should fill in the Source information. Select the Sources tab and click on the &amp;quot;Add existing source&amp;quot; symbol (the one that looks like the pointing finger). You select the 1881 Census source and then fill in the Source Reference dialog with the information about this page of the Census. Illustration 3 shows the completed dialog. Click on OK when you have finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Scratchpad 1.png|thumbnail|Clipboard - Illustration 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are going to need to enter this Source Reference information for every piece of the Census information that you add to Gramps. This can get rather repetitive after a few records. To save you retyping the information the Clipboard tool can be used to easily copy the Source Reference from one record to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the Clipboard tool you need to click on the Clipboard icon in the icon bar at the top of the main Gramps window. You now need to arrange your windows so that you can see both the Media&lt;br /&gt;
Properties Editor dialog (double click on the media record that you just created to reopen the  editor dialog) and the Clipboard widow. Once you have the windows arranged you can drag the Source Reference from the list of Sources in the Media dialog onto the Clipboard window. Illustration 4 shows the drag and drop in progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have copied the Source Reference to the Clipboard click the OK button on the Media dialog but keep the Clipboard open. You can resize the Clipboard window and move it to the side of your screen so that it does not get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the head of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add person 1.png|thumbnail|John Martin main tab - Illustration 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that we have created the Source we can start adding the people. We may as well start with the head of the family. The information that we have to enter is:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number: RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio: 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page: 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
* Address: 17 Hope Terrace, Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Name: John Martin&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex: Male (implied by the column containing the age)&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of birth: about 1845 (1881 – age 36)&lt;br /&gt;
* Occupation: Labourer in Ironworks&lt;br /&gt;
* Birth place: Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Attribute: Deaf &amp;amp; dumb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you are looking at the person list by clicking on the Person icon in the icon list on the left of the main window and then click Add to create a new person record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the Family (Martin), Given (John) and Gender (male) then click on the edit button (the one that looks like a pencil) to the left of the Prefix field. In the Name Editor you can record the fact the you know this person's name because you have the census record. Click on the Source tab. Now drag the Source Reference from the Clipboard and drop it on the source list. Click on OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the birth event. Click on the Event tab and then the + icon to add a new event. Select 'Birth' in the Event Type list and enter the date (about 1845). You may want to add a description to the event in the Description field (e.g. Birth of John Martin). Then click on the Sources tab and drag the Source Reference in from the Clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add address 1.png|thumbnail|Address record - Illustration 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each individual piece of information can have its own Source Reference added to it so that it is clear where the information came from. This is useful if you have a number of sources for a given person and you want to remember which one contributed a particular piece of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the rest of the information for John Martin. Change to the Addresses tab and click the plus button to add a new address. Illustration 6 shows the completed address dialog. Don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Sources tab as well. Once the address is complete click on the OK button and then drag the completed Address record on to the Clipboard. The Address record will be reused when we come to enter the rest of the family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add attr 1.png|thumbnail|Add attribute - Illustration 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now add an Attribute to capture the fact that John Martin was deaf and dumb. Again you need to add a Source Reference to show that this information came from the Census. By now you should have got the hang of adding information and then copying it to the Clipboard for later use. Obviously there is no need to copy records to the Clipboard if you can see that they are unique to one person and will not be needed again. Illustration 7 shows the completed Attribute dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add event 1.png|thumbnail|Add event - Illustration 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now move to the Event tab and add an Event type of Occupation to capture the fact that John Martin was a labourer in an Iron Works on Sunday 3 April 1881. To add the place information click on the + that is on the right of the Place field. Finally don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Source tab of the Event. There is no point copying this Event to the Clipboard because no one else in the family was a labourer in the Iron Works. Illustration 8 shows the completed Event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This completes the information about John Martin accept for the implied relationships with the rest of the family members. We will capture these relationships as we enter the rest of the family. Now&lt;br /&gt;
that the Person record for John Martin is complete click the OK button on the Edit Person dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the rest of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the rest of the family we are going to use the Relationships view. This will capture the relationships between the family members as we add them to the database. First we need to make sure that John Martin is the currently selected person. So click on the People View, open the Martin sublist by clicking on the small triangle to the left of the &amp;quot;Matin&amp;quot; and then click on John Martin. Now move to the Relationships View by clicking the Relationships icon in the icon list on the left hand side of the main window. This will show a Relationships View with John Martin as the Selected Person. The first person we want to add is Zillah Martin, John's wife.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right hand side of the icon bar at the top of the window there are three icons for 'Add', 'Share' and 'Partner' (if you screen is too narrow you may need to click on the small black triangle at the far right of the icon bar to see these icons). Click on the 'Partner' icon to add Zilla Martin to the database as John's wife. In the New Family dialog click on the + to the right of &amp;quot;Mother&amp;quot;. Fill in the Person record with the information for Zilla, be sure to change the &amp;quot;Type&amp;quot; to married name. Remember that you can use the information already on the  Clipboard to speed up the data entry. Once the Person record is completed click on OK. Now add the Source Reference to the Family on the Sources tab of the New Family dialog and change the Type to &amp;quot;Married&amp;quot;. You can now add an event to the Family for the marriage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Marriage event 1.png|thumbnail|Add marriage - Illustration 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately the Census records do not tells us anything about peoples marriage. In fact it is dangerous to assume that just because they say they are man and wife on the Census that they are actually married. How you deal with this is up to you. I change the Event Type to 'Possible Marriage' and enter a date of 'before 3 April 1881'. This captures what I think the census is telling me. You might choose to leave the Event Type as 'Marriage' it is up to you. The Role will be set to Family. Don't forget to add the Source Reference as well. Illustration 9 shows the completed dialog. Click OK to close the dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Now we want to add this event to each of the spouses but change their Roles. Drag and drop the Event on to the Clipboard. The click on the edit button next to &amp;quot;Martin, John&amp;quot; (the one with the pencil). Drag the Possible Marriage Event from the Clipboard and drop it on the Event tab. This will open the Event Reference Editor, change the Role to &amp;quot;Groom&amp;quot; and click OK. Click OK on the Person dialog and repeat for Zilla Martin, but change the Role to &amp;quot;Bride&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Family view 1.png|thumbnail|Completed family record - Illustration 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that both parents have been added we can add the children to the family. Click on the &amp;quot;Children Tab&amp;quot;. On the right-hand side of the Children window there are four buttons. The + button will add new children to the database. Click this button and add the information for the first child. When you Click OK to close the Person dialog for the child you will be presented with a Child Reference Editor that will ask for the relationships between the Mother and Father in the Family and the new child that you have entered. This is useful if you are entering step children etc. Just leave the relationships as Birth and drag the Source Reference in again. Repeat for the other children shown on the Census record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all the children are entered the information contained on the Census is complete. The finally Family View is shown in illustration 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Source View.png|thumbnail|Source View - Illustration 11]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally take a look at the Source record for out UK Census 1881 source. Click on the Sources tab on the left of the main window and double click on the UK Census 1882 entry. Click on the References tab. You can see all the records that have been linked to this Source. This is shown in illustration 11. You will note in this view that many of the records, especially the Events, do not have very useful names. You can generate meaningful names for all the Events by clicking on the Tools -&amp;gt; Database Processing -&amp;gt; Extract Event Descriptions from Event Data menu. A word of caution, you can't undo this operation so it may be prudent to backup your database before processing. The results of running this operation are shown in illustration 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census records contain a great deal of information. Gramps provides all the flexibility required to capture the information and accurately record the correct sources for each element. It can be a time consuming exercise entering all the information. Maybe one day Gramps will be able to automate some of this process...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Addendum==&lt;br /&gt;
Copyright of the original article: Richard Taylor, rjt-gramps at thegrindstone DOT me DOT uk.&lt;br /&gt;
The original article was licensed under Creative Commons License - http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0/, and since 20070314 the author also licensed it under GFDL for use on this wiki.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6118</id>
		<title>Recording UK Census data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6118"/>
		<updated>2008-04-16T20:15:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{cleanup}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation]][[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: This tutorial is currently being updated for gramps version 3. I am half way through so don't be surprised if it keeps changing at the moment - rjt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide explains how to record all of the information about a household on one census return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For genealogists with UK ancestors, the UK Census returns are a very important source of information. Census' have been conducted every 10 years in the UK since 1841 (details of all the UK Census dates and how to access the records can be found at [http://homepage.ntlworld.com/barry.ruck/FAQCENSUS.htm]). The census returns are available online at [http://www.ancestry.co.uk] for a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census returns are organized by location and each return shows a list of households living in a particular street. This means that once you find a return showing one of your ancestors it will also show the rest their family members living in the same house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Information contained in a Census return==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Census image 1.png|thumbnail|The Census return for John Martin in 1881 - Illustration 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the UK Census’ recorded slightly different information (full details of the information recorded on each Census can be found at [http://www.gendocs.demon.co.uk/census.html]. For this guide I will use an example taken from the 1881 Census that shows the family of my ancestor John Martin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Census page records the following information about where the census was taken and where the page is located within the Census record:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* City or Municipal Borough: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Municipal Ward: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Town, Village or Hamlet: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Rural Sanitary District: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then each member of the household is listed, with information about them recorded in the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 1 - No. of schedule, numbered from 1 consecutively per book&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 2 - Name of street, place or road, and name or number of house&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 3 - Houses; separate columns for inhabited and uninhabited or being built (entered as 'U' or 'B')&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 4 - Name and surname&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 5 - Relationship to head of family&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 6 - Condition; marital status&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 7 - Age last birthday; separate columns for males and females&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 8 - Rank, profession or occupation&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 9 - Where born; county/place&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 10 - Whether&lt;br /&gt;
** 1 - Deaf &amp;amp; dumb,&lt;br /&gt;
** 2 - Blind,&lt;br /&gt;
** 3 - Imbecile or idiot,&lt;br /&gt;
** 4 - Lunatic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter this information into GRAMPS we will need to record all of the information on the census for each member of the household. This is done by creating a Person record for each person in turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering preliminary information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add source 1.png|thumbnail|Add source - Illustration 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we start to enter the people there is some preliminary information that we should record first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we should add the information about where we received the census record from. This is done by creating a Repository record. To create the Repository record, start from the Gramps opening window and click on the Repository icon in the list of icons on the left of the main window. Now click the Add button in the icon bar at the top of the main window. Entry a name for the Repository in the Name field of the New Repository dialog box, in the case of the example census return it is &amp;quot;Ancestry UK&amp;quot;. Select &amp;quot;Web site&amp;quot; from the Type list. Click on the Internet tab and then on the + button on the left hand size of the tab window. Select 'Web Home' from the Type list and enter the Web Address of the Repository (http://www.ancestry.co.uk/) in the Web address field. Click OK and then click OK again. You can now see the new Repository listed in the Repository view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, we need to add the 1881 Census as a Source record so that it can be referred to when we add all the Person records. To create a Source record, click on the Sources icon in the list of icons on the left of the window. Now click the Add button on the icon bar at the top of the main window. Fill in the dialog box with the details of the source, illustration 2 shows the completed information for the 1881 Census. You should add a link to the Ancestry Repository record by clicking on the Repository tab and then on the &amp;quot;Add an existing repository&amp;quot; button (the one that looks like a pointing finger) on the right hand side of the Repository tab. Double click on the Ancestry entry in the list. In the Repository Reference Editor type &amp;quot;Certificate&amp;quot; in the Media Type field (delete anything that might already be there), then click OK to return to the New Source dialog. Once all the information has been entered click the OK button on the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add sourceref 1.png|thumbnail|Add source reference - Illustration 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the image of the Census page that we are entering can be added to Gramps. You don't need to do this but it can help to keep track of the original documents. To add the image click the Media icon in the icon list on the left of the main window. Now click the Add icon in the icon bar at the top right. Locate the image on your disk drive and then click OK to add it to Gramps. NOTE: Gramps does not create a copy of the image, it only stores a link to the image. If you move or delete the image, Gramps will not be able to find it again. Once the image has been added you will be presented with the New Media dialog. You can fill in as much of the properties information as you see fit. At the very least you should fill in the Source information. Select the Sources tab and click on the &amp;quot;Add existing source&amp;quot; symbol (the one that looks like the pointing finger). You select the 1881 Census source and then fill in the Source Reference dialog with the information about this page of the Census. Illustration 3 shows the completed dialog. Click on OK when you have finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Scratchpad 1.png|thumbnail|Clipboard - Illustration 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are going to need to enter this Source Reference information for every piece of the Census information that you add to Gramps. This can get rather repetitive after a few records. To save you retyping the information the Clipboard tool can be used to easily copy the Source Reference from one record to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the Clipboard tool you need to click on the Clipboard icon in the icon bar at the top of the main Gramps window. You now need to arrange your windows so that you can see both the Media&lt;br /&gt;
Properties Editor dialog (double click on the media record that you just created to reopen the  editor dialog) and the Clipboard widow. Once you have the windows arranged you can drag the Source Reference from the list of Sources in the Media dialog onto the Clipboard window. Illustration 4 shows the drag and drop in progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have copied the Source Reference to the Clipboard click the OK button on the Media dialog but keep the Clipboard open. You can resize the Clipboard window and move it to the side of your screen so that it does not get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the head of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add person 1.png|thumbnail|John Martin main tab - Illustration 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that we have created the Source we can start adding the people. We may as well start with the head of the family. The information that we have to enter is:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number: RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio: 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page: 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
* Address: 17 Hope Terrace, Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Name: John Martin&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex: Male (implied by the column containing the age)&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of birth: about 1845 (1881 – age 36)&lt;br /&gt;
* Occupation: Labourer in Ironworks&lt;br /&gt;
* Birth place: Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Attribute: Deaf &amp;amp; dumb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you are looking at the person list by clicking on the Person icon in the icon list on the left of the main window and then click Add to create a new person record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the Family (Martin), Given (John) and Gender (male) then click on the edit button (the one that looks like a pencil) to the left of the Prefix field. In the Name Editor you can record the fact the you know this person's name because you have the census record. Click on the Source tab. Now drag the Source Reference from the Clipboard and drop it on the source list. Click on OK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the birth event. Click on the Event tab and then the + icon to add a new event. Select 'Birth' in the Event Type list and enter the date (about 1845). You may want to add a description to the event in the Description field (e.g. Birth of John Martin). Then click on the Sources tab and drag the Source Reference in from the Clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add address 1.png|thumbnail|Address record - Illustration 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each individual piece of information can have its own Source Reference added to it so that it is clear where the information came from. This is useful if you have a number of sources for a given person and you want to remember which one contributed a particular piece of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the rest of the information for John Martin. Change to the Addresses tab and click the plus button to add a new address. Illustration 6 shows the completed address dialog. Don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Sources tab as well. Once the address is complete click on the OK button and then drag the completed Address record on to the Clipboard. The Address record will be reused when we come to enter the rest of the family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add attr 1.png|thumbnail|Add attribute - Illustration 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now add an Attribute to capture the fact that John Martin was deaf and dumb. Again you need to add a Source Reference to show that this information came from the Census. By now you should have got the hang of adding information and then copying it to the Clipboard for later use. Obviously there is no need to copy records to the Clipboard if you can see that they are unique to one person and will not be needed again. Illustration 7 shows the completed Attribute dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add event 1.png|thumbnail|Add event - Illustration 8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now move to the Event tab and add an Event type of Occupation to capture the fact that John Martin was a labourer in an Iron Works on Sunday 3 April 1881. To add the place information click on the + that is on the right of the Place field. Finally don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Source tab of the Event. There is no point copying this Event to the Clipboard because no one else in the family was a labourer in the Iron Works. Illustration 8 shows the completed Event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This completes the information about John Martin accept for the implied relationships with the rest of the family members. We will capture these relationships as we enter the rest of the family. Now&lt;br /&gt;
that the Person record for John Martin is complete click the OK button on the Edit Person dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the rest of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the rest of the family we are going to use the Relationships view. This will capture the relationships between the family members as we add them to the database. First we need to make sure that John Martin is the currently selected person. So click on the People View, open the Martin sublist by clicking on the small triangle to the left of the &amp;quot;Matin&amp;quot; and then click on John Martin. Now move to the Relationships View by clicking the Relationships icon in the icon list on the left hand side of the main window. This will show a Relationships View with John Martin as the Selected Person. The first person we want to add is Zillah Martin, John's wife.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right hand side of the icon bar at the top of the window there are three icons for 'Add', 'Share' and 'Partner' (if you screen is too narrow you may need to click on the small black triangle at the far right of the icon bar to see these icons). Click on the 'Partner' icon to add Zilla Martin to the database as John's wife. In the New Family dialog click on the + to the right of &amp;quot;Mother&amp;quot;. Fill in the Person record with the information for Zilla, be sure to change the &amp;quot;Type&amp;quot; to married name. Remember that you can use the information already on the  Clipboard to speed up the data entry. Once the Person record is completed click on OK. Now add the Source Reference to the Family on the Sources tab of the New Family dialog and change the Type to &amp;quot;Married&amp;quot;. You can now add an event to the Family for the marriage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Marriage event 1.png|thumbnail|Add marriage - Illustration 9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately the Census records do not tells us anything about peoples marriage. In fact it is dangerous to assume that just because they say they are man and wife on the Census that they are actually married. How you deal with this is up to you. I change the Event Type to 'Possible Marriage' and enter a date of 'before 3 April 1881'. This captures what I think the census is telling me. You might choose to leave the Event Type as 'Marriage' it is up to you. The Role will be set to Family. Don't forget to add the Source Reference as well. Illustration 9 shows the completed dialog. Click OK to close the dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Now we want to add this event to each of the spouses but change their Roles. Drag and drop the Event on to the Clipboard. The click on the edit button next to &amp;quot;Martin, John&amp;quot; (the one with the pencil). Drag the Possible Marriage Event from the Clipboard and drop it on the Event tab. This will open the Event Reference Editor, change the Role to &amp;quot;Groom&amp;quot; and click OK. Click OK on the Person dialog and repeat for Zilla Martin, but change the Role to &amp;quot;Bride&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Family view 1.png|thumbnail|Completed family record - Illustration 10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that both parents have been added we can add the children to the family. Click on the &amp;quot;Children Tab&amp;quot;. On the right-hand side of the Children window there are four buttons. The + button will add new children to the database. Click this button and add the information for the first child. When you Click OK to close the Person dialog for the child you will be presented with a Child Reference Editor that will ask for the relationships between the Mother and Father in the Family and the new child that you have entered. This is useful if you are entering step children etc. Just leave the relationships as Birth and drag the Source Reference in again. Repeat for the other children shown on the Census record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all the children are entered the information contained on the Census is complete. The finally Family View is shown in illustration 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally take a look at the Source record for out UK Census 1881 source. Click on the Sources tab on the left of the main window and double click on the UK Census 1882 entry. Click on the References tab. You can see all the records that have been linked to this Source. This is shown in illustration 11. You will note in this view that many of the records, especially the Events, do not have very useful names. You can generate meaningful names for all the Events by clicking on the Tools -&amp;gt; Database Processing -&amp;gt; Extract Event Descriptions from Event Data menu. A word of caution, you can't undo this operation so it may be prudent to backup your database before processing. The results of running this operation are shown in illustration 12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census records contain a great deal of information. Gramps provides all the flexibility required to capture the information and accurately record the correct sources for each element. It can be a time consuming exercise entering all the information. Maybe one day Gramps will be able to automate some of this process...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Addendum==&lt;br /&gt;
Copyright of the original article: Richard Taylor, rjt-gramps at thegrindstone DOT me DOT uk.&lt;br /&gt;
The original article was licensed under Creative Commons License - http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0/, and since 20070314 the author also licensed it under GFDL for use on this wiki.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6102</id>
		<title>Recording UK Census data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Recording_UK_Census_data&amp;diff=6102"/>
		<updated>2008-04-16T15:44:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: partial conversion to gramps 3&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{cleanup}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Documentation]][[Category:Tutorials]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: This tutorial is currently being updated for gramps version 3. I am half way through so don't be surprised if it keeps changing at the moment - rjt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide explains how to record all of the information about a household on one census return.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For genealogists with UK ancestors, the UK Census returns are a very important source of information. Census' have been conducted every 10 years in the UK since 1841 (details of all the UK Census dates and how to access the records can be found at [http://homepage.ntlworld.com/barry.ruck/FAQCENSUS.htm]). The census returns are available online at [http://www.ancestry.co.uk] for a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census returns are organized by location and each return shows a list of households living in a particular street. This means that once you find a return showing one of your ancestors it will also show the rest their family members living in the same house.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Information contained in a Census return==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Census image 1.png|thumbnail|The Census return for John Martin in 1881]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the UK Census’ recorded slightly different information (full details of the information recorded on each Census can be found at [http://www.gendocs.demon.co.uk/census.html]. For this guide I will use an example taken from the 1881 Census that shows the family of my ancestor John Martin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Census page records the following information about where the census was taken and where the page is located within the Census record:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* City or Municipal Borough: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Municipal Ward: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Town, Village or Hamlet: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Rural Sanitary District: Not specified&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then each member of the household is listed, with information about them recorded in the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 1 - No. of schedule, numbered from 1 consecutively per book&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 2 - Name of street, place or road, and name or number of house&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 3 - Houses; separate columns for inhabited and uninhabited or being built (entered as 'U' or 'B')&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 4 - Name and surname&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 5 - Relationship to head of family&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 6 - Condition; marital status&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 7 - Age last birthday; separate columns for males and females&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 8 - Rank, profession or occupation&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 9 - Where born; county/place&lt;br /&gt;
* Column 10 - Whether&lt;br /&gt;
** 1 - Deaf &amp;amp; dumb,&lt;br /&gt;
** 2 - Blind,&lt;br /&gt;
** 3 - Imbecile or idiot,&lt;br /&gt;
** 4 - Lunatic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter this information into GRAMPS we will need to record all of the information on the census for each member of the household. This is done by creating a Person record for each person in turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering preliminary information==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add source 1.png|thumbnail|Add source]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we start to enter the people there is some preliminary information that we should record first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we should add the information about where we received the census record from. This is done by creating a Repository record. To create the Repository record, start from the Gramps opening window and click on the Repository icon in the list of icons on the left of the main window. Now click the Add button in the icon bar at the top of the main window. Entry a name for the Repository in the Name field of the New Repository dialog box, in the case of the example census return it is &amp;quot;Ancestry UK&amp;quot;. Select &amp;quot;Web site&amp;quot; from the Type list. Click on the Internet tab and then on the + button on the left hand size of the tab window. Select 'Web Home' from the Type list and enter the Web Address of the Repository (http://www.ancestry.co.uk/) in the Web address field. Click OK and then click OK again. You can now see the new Repository listed in the Repository view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, we need to add the 1881 Census as a Source record so that it can be referred to when we add all the Person records. To create a Source record, click on the Sources icon in the list of icons on the left of the window. Now click the Add button on the icon bar at the top of the main window. Fill in the dialog box with the details of the source, illustration 2 shows the completed information for the 1881 Census. You should add a link to the Ancestry Repository record by clicking on the Repository tab and then on the &amp;quot;Add an existing repository&amp;quot; button (the one that looks like a pointing finger) on the right hand side of the Repository tab. Double click on the Ancestry entry in the list. In the Repository Reference Editor type &amp;quot;Certificate&amp;quot; in the Media Type field (delete anything that might already be there), then click OK to return to the New Source dialog. Once all the information has been entered click the OK button on the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add sourceref 1.png|thumbnail|Add source reference]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the image of the Census page that we are entering can be added to Gramps. You don't need to do this but it can help to keep track of the original documents. To add the image click the Media icon in the icon list on the left of the main window. Now click the Add icon in the icon bar at the top right. Locate the image on your disk drive and then click OK to add it to Gramps. NOTE: Gramps does not create a copy of the image, it only stores a link to the image. If you move or delete the image, Gramps will not be able to find it again. Once the image has been added you will be presented with the New Media dialog. You can fill in as much of the properties information as you see fit. At the very least you should fill in the Source information. Select the Sources tab and click on the &amp;quot;Add existing source&amp;quot; symbol (the one that looks like the pointing finger). You select the 1881 Census source and then fill in the Source Reference dialog with the information about this page of the Census. Illustration 3 shows the completed dialog. Click on OK when you have finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Scratchpad 1.png|thumbnail|Scratchpad]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are going to need to enter this Source Reference information for every piece of the Census information that you add to Gramps. This can get rather repetitive after a few records. To save you retyping the information the Clipboard tool can be used to easily copy the Source Reference from one record to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the Clipboard tool you need to click on the Clipboard icon in the icon bar at the top of the main Gramps window. You now need to arrange your windows so that you can see both the Media&lt;br /&gt;
Properties Editor dialog (double click on the media record that you just created to reopen the  editor dialog) and the Clipboard widow. Once you have the windows arranged you can drag the Source Reference from the list of Sources in the Media dialog onto the Clipboard window. Illustration 4 shows the drag and drop in progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have copied the Source Reference to the Clipboard click the OK button on the Media dialog but keep the Clipboard open. You can resize the Clipboard window and move it to the side of your screen so that it does not get in the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the head of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add person 1.png|thumbnail|John Martin main tab]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that we have created the Source we can start adding the people. We may as well start with the head of the family. The information that we have to enter is:&lt;br /&gt;
* Piece number: RG 11/2854&lt;br /&gt;
* Folio: 17&lt;br /&gt;
* Page: 27&lt;br /&gt;
* Civil Parish [or Township]: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Parliamentary Borough: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Urban Sanitary District: Wednesbury&lt;br /&gt;
* Ecclesiastical Parish or District: St. Bartholemew&lt;br /&gt;
* Address: 17 Hope Terrace, Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Name: John Martin&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex: Male (implied by the column containing the age)&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of birth: about 1845 (1881 – age 36)&lt;br /&gt;
* Occupation: Labourer in Ironworks&lt;br /&gt;
* Birth place: Wednesbury, Staffordshire&lt;br /&gt;
* Attribute: Deaf &amp;amp; dumb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you are looking at the person list by clicking on the Person icon in the icon list on the left of the main window and then click Add to create a new person record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the name, sex, date and place of birth on the first tab (Illustration 5 shows the completed tab). You may want to ensure that you add a Source Reference for the name and birth date information. You can do this by clicking on the button next to the name and birth date input fields. Details of completing the Source Reference dialog are given below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adding Source Reference information is the same as for Media Objects. Change to the Sources tab and click the plus button to add a new Source Reference to the record, this shows that some of the information on the record has come from this Census. You can renter the information by hand, however because the Source Reference is identical to the one that we have already entered for the image it can be dragged from the ScratchPad. Just arrange your windows so that you can see both the ScratchPad and the Sources tab and drag the Source Ref from the ScratchPad and drop it onto the Sources tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add address 1.png|thumbnail|Address record]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each individual piece of information can have its own Source Reference added to it so that it is clear where the information came from. This is useful if you have a number of sources for a given&lt;br /&gt;
person and you want to remember which one contributed a particular piece of information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we need to add the rest of the information for John Martin. Change to the Addresses tab and click the plus button to add a new address. Illustration 6 shows the completed address dialog. Don't forget to add the Source Reference to the Sources tab as well. Once the address is complete click on the OK button and then drag the completed Address record on to the ScratchPad. The Address record will be reused when we come to enter the rest of the family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add attr 1.png|thumbnail|Add attribute]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now add an Attribute to capture the fact that John Martin was deaf and dumb. Again you need to add a Source Reference to show that this information came from the Census. By now you should have got the hang of adding information and then copying it to the ScratchPad for later use. Obviously there is no need to copy records to the ScratchPad if you can see that they are unique to one person and will not be needed again. Illustration 7 shows the completed Attribute dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Add event 1.png|thumbnail|Add event]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now move to the Event tab and add an Event type of Occupation to capture the fact that John Martin was a labourer in an Iron Works on Sunday 3 April 1881. There is no point copying this Event to the&lt;br /&gt;
ScratchPad because no one else in the family was a labourer in the Iron Works. Illustration 8 shows the completed Event.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This completes the information about John Martin accept for the implied relationships with the rest of the family members. We will capture these relationships as we enter the rest of the family. Now&lt;br /&gt;
that the Person record for John Martin is complete click the OK button on the Edit Person dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Entering the rest of the family==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the rest of the family we are going to use the Family view. This will capture the relationships between the family members as we add them to the database. To move to the Family View click the Family icon in the icon list on the left hand side of the main window. This will show a Family View with John Martin as the Selected Person. The first person we want to add is Zillah Martin, John's wife.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the right-hand side of the Relationship window there are three buttons. The uppermost of these three buttons will add a new person to the database as John's wife. Click the button and fill in the&lt;br /&gt;
Person record. Remember that you can use the information already on the ScratchPad to speed up the data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Marriage event 1.png|thumbnail|Add marriage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the new Person record is complete click on the OK button. Because you have entered the new Person as a wife you will now be asked for some information about the marriage. Unfortunately the&lt;br /&gt;
Census records do not tells us anything about peoples marriage. In fact it is dangerous to assume that just because they say they are man and wife on the Census that they are actually married. How you deal with this is up to you. I change the Event Type to 'Possible Marriage' and enter a date of 'before 3 April 1881'. This captures what I think the census is telling me. You might choose to leave the Event Type as 'Marriage' but reduce the confidence level. Don't forget to add the Source Reference as well. Illustration 9 shows the completed dialog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you click on the OK button you will be left in the properties editor for the marriage. Unless there is more information about the marriage that you already know from other sources you can simply click on the OK button to return to the Family View.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Family view 1.png|thumbnail|Completed family record]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that both parents have been added we can add the children to the family. On the right-hand side of the Children window there are four buttons. The second button down from the top will add new&lt;br /&gt;
children to the database. Click this button and add the information for the first child. Repeat for the other children shown on the Census record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once all the children are entered the information contained on the Census is complete. The finally Family View is shown in illustration 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Census records contain a great deal of information. Gramps provides all the flexibility required to capture the information and accurately record the correct sources for each element. It can be a time consuming exercise entering all the information. Maybe one day Gramps will be able to automate some of this process...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Addendum==&lt;br /&gt;
Copyright of the original article: Richard Taylor, rjt-gramps at thegrindstone DOT me DOT uk.&lt;br /&gt;
The original article was licensed under Creative Commons License - http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0/, and since 20070314 the author also licensed it under GFDL for use on this wiki.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Mac_OS_X:Build_from_source:Native_OS_X&amp;diff=1743</id>
		<title>Mac OS X:Build from source:Native OS X</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Mac_OS_X:Build_from_source:Native_OS_X&amp;diff=1743"/>
		<updated>2007-03-28T17:56:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: /* Caveats */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Developers/Packaging]]&lt;br /&gt;
== 2.2.x series (Native PPC only) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gramps on OSX native does just about work. It is not as functional as the X11 version (see ) but it does require less dependencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Caveats ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only a few people are known to have got this to work (let me know if you know different: rjt-gramps (at) thegrindstone.me.uk)&lt;br /&gt;
* If you loose your database don't blame me.&lt;br /&gt;
* This is in no way a supported port.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note: there is no compiling or any scary geekery necessary to make this work!'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing dependencies ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need gtk and pygtk and these in turn require Python 2.4.4. The only packaged builds of pygtk/gtk that I know of are at: [http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=175176 http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=175176] , these are only for PPC. If you know of any other packaged builds please let me know. The lack of a universal binary package is the only reason why these instructions will not work on Intel Macs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* install MacPython 2.4.4 from: [http://www.python.org/download/releases/2.4.4/ http://www.python.org/download/releases/2.4.4/]&lt;br /&gt;
* install &amp;quot;1.1 (with Glade) for python2.4&amp;quot; from [http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=175176 http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=175176] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Patching gramps ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you unpack gramps you need to make one small change. The pygtk build has a broken cairo so you need to turn off the cairo support in the Pedigree view, otherwise bad things happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 cd src/DataViews&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
edit _PedigreeView.py, remove the following lines:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 try:&lt;br /&gt;
     import cairo&lt;br /&gt;
     cairo_available = True&lt;br /&gt;
 except:&lt;br /&gt;
     cairo_available = False&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
replace them with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 cairo_available = False&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Running ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To run GRAMPS from the terminal you need to do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 cd src/&lt;br /&gt;
 python gramps.py&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you would rather have an OS X style bundle (.app) you may follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Using Script Editor save the following AppleScript as an application bundle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;tell application &amp;quot;Terminal&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	do script &amp;quot;Python /Applications/Gramps.app/Contents/Resources/src/gramps.py&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
end tell&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
tell application &amp;quot;System Events&amp;quot;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
	set visible of process &amp;quot;Terminal&amp;quot; to false&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
end tell&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or, you may download this readymade bundle - [[Media:Gramps.zip|Gramps.app]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Then, copy the &amp;quot;src&amp;quot; directory from the GRAMPS source code to the Resources directory of Gramps.app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is it. This can be used like any other application. However, unless you change the path in the script the bundle must reside in /Applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Issues ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had to export my database from my existing fink based install into gramps XML format and then import it into the native version. I doubt that the two versions will coexist very nicely.&lt;br /&gt;
Many things don't work. I know that drag and drop does not work, there are issues with mouse click on menus going missing and anything that calls an external programme will not work e.g. help etc.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Mac_OS_X:Build_from_source:fink&amp;diff=1074</id>
		<title>Mac OS X:Build from source:fink</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Mac_OS_X:Build_from_source:fink&amp;diff=1074"/>
		<updated>2007-03-14T10:30:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: Converted from old wiki&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Installing Gramps on Mac OS X via fink to use X11 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mac OS X via fink to use X11 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page describes how to install Gramps on OSX using X11. The process uses fink to install the packages that gramps depends on. Gramps does work, although there are some glitches which are described below. Many thanks to the original author from which this guide was written, and for the help of people on the Gramps list for helping me work through the stumbling blocks!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This guide applies to Mac OS X 10.3, and Gramps 2.2.6, but might work with other versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Caveats ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As stated, these instructions were for installing 2.2.6 on Mac OS X 10.4.8, but should work more widely.&lt;br /&gt;
* Production of a guide like this should really only be done after repeating the installation from a clean machine, and repeating again till the guide exactly matches the actual process - doing so would take a lot of time; I have only done the installation once, so your experience will almost certainly differ from mine.&lt;br /&gt;
* The process is not very straightforward, and there will almost certainly be problems like unresolved dependencies, files not found on the various servers, download of files just stalls indefinitely and questions asked by scripts to which you don't know the answer. Nevertheless, installation is possible and I think gramps is worth the trouble. I suggest you have a look at the instructions for [http://www.captnswing.net/2004/02/12/nicotine.html|Installing SoulSeek] - this is a similar process, but actually ''SoulSeek'' is easier because it is fully integrated into the fink process. This might give you some idea of the requirements for perseverance. If you don't think you could install ''SoulSeek'' then you certainly won't be able to install Gramps.  '''The converse is not true'''&lt;br /&gt;
* You are installing from the 'unstable' fink tree, so the versions of the packages you install may vary from day to day, and there could be problems with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Installation instructions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If you  have not already installed X11, install it from the Apple OS X installation disks.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you have not already installed the Developer Tools, install them from a recent Apple OS X installation disks (there may be a CD labelled XCode Tools, or an XCode folder on the install DVD). If your installation disk is not very recent, it may be better to download the  tools from the [http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/ Apple web-site] (free registration required to access the development tools) because some of the build process will not work with an old version of the tools.&lt;br /&gt;
# Download the appropriate version of [http://fink.sourceforge.net/download/index.php?phpLang=en fink]. These instructions were tried with fink 0.8.1. You may need the [http://fink.sourceforge.net/doc/users-guide/ Fink User's Guide].&lt;br /&gt;
# Install fink by opening the disk image and double clicking on the installer.pkg.&lt;br /&gt;
# You could use FinkCommander to provide a GUI to fink, but it is not worth the trouble, because I wasn't sure that it actually offered all the packages that I wanted, and sometimes did not allow me to type in responses to questions (this is presumably a bug). I suggest you use Terminal. In Terminal type '''fink self-update''' This should download package descriptions and update core packages including fink itself. I thought it would be best to do this update before switching from source to binary distribution, but I had to try the whole updating process several times before I actually managed to get it to succeed, so this may be a bad choice.&lt;br /&gt;
# In Terminal type '''fink configure''' This should run the fink configuration process (or it may have been run automatically before). You need to choose source distribution (not binary). This will set the list of Trees in '''/sw/etc/fink.conf''' to have unstable/main at the end. If not you need to add this manually. Because '''fink.conf''' is owned by root, if you do this manually you will have to do '''sudo pico /sw/etc/fink.conf'''. During the configuration process you will also have to choose between the CVS (Concurrent Versions System or Concurrent Versioning System) and rsync update methods. Rsync is a very fast protocol. It will update the description files faster than the old CVS update method. Furthermore, CVS updates are always done from sourceforge.net while rsync updates can be done from a mirror close to you. I found that CVS often stalled trying to access files, though rsync had the disadvantage that sometimes files were not found (and perhaps as CVS uses the master copy the files should be found). Nevertheless, I suggest you use rsync. If you are behind a firewall (even the firewall in a broadband router), you may need to set ProxyPassiveFTP to true to help get around the firewall.&lt;br /&gt;
# In Terminal type '''fink selfupdate-rsync''' This should make sure all the package descriptions are downloaded, and the core packages correctly updated. I found I had to repeat this command several times, trying different mirrors when problems arose with accessing files, before the update succeeded. Fortunately, once a file has been downloaded, if you quit the process (ctrl-C), then on typing the command again, it starts from where it left off.&lt;br /&gt;
# I also got the following error, and carried out the suggested instructions (I had to use sudo apt-get in each case), which installed some extra packages and seemed to work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  The following inconsistencies found:&lt;br /&gt;
  Unsatisfied dependency in gettext-tools: gettext (= 0.10.40-19)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Trying to resolve dependencies...&lt;br /&gt;
  Could not resolve inconsistent dependencies!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  Fink isn't sure how to install the above packages safely.&lt;br /&gt;
  You may be able to fix things by running:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  fink scanpackages&lt;br /&gt;
  apt-get update&lt;br /&gt;
  apt-get install gettext=0.10.40-25{CODE}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In Terminal, successively type in the following instructions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  sudo fink install pygtk2-py24&lt;br /&gt;
  sudo fink install gnome-python2-py24&lt;br /&gt;
  sudo fink install librsvg2-gtk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I found that a number of the files could not be found on the first mirror that was tried, or the files would not download. Sometimes, I could follow the suggestions and get the file from the next mirror that was suggested. However I also quit out of the install process by ctrl-C (twice) and started again. Fortunately files already downloaded are remembered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Later on, I found that the gramps build process complained about another package missing, so in Terminal I had to type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  sudo fink install gnome-doc-utils&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=25770 Download gramps]  for example to '''~/Downloads'''. On the Gramps page, you need to scroll down to find a file like '''gramps-2.2.6.tar.gz'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Unpack the file; assuming  you download to the suggested place, in Terminal type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  cd ~/Downloads&lt;br /&gt;
  tar -xzf gramps-2.2.6.tar.gz{CODE} [[According to the fink User's Guide &amp;quot;It is important that you don't use '''StuffIt Expander''' to extract the tar archive. For some reason '''StuffIt''' still can't handle long file names. If '''StuffIt Expander''' already extracted the archive, throw away the folder it created&amp;quot;].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# You can either install gramps in the default directory (which is '''/usr/local/share/gramps'''), or you can read the instructions in the gramps files about &amp;quot;how to install in a non-default prefix&amp;quot; so that you can install gramps into your users own folder rather than into /usr/local/. A user has found that it is best not to put things into /usr/local as it can be difficult to uninstall them afterwards. Modify the configuration script in the download directory by changing configure; replace:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  imp.find_module('gnome/ui')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  imp.find_module('ui', gnome.__path__)&lt;br /&gt;
  import gnome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Note that I don't understand why ''imports gnome'' is added at the end, because it seems to be in the preceding lines, but this part of the instructions are just following the wording in a previous version of the instructions]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also replace:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  imp.find_module('gtk/glade')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  imp.find_module('glade', [imp.find_module('gtk')[1]])&lt;br /&gt;
  import gnome&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the file po/Makefile, make sure that ''GMSGFMT'' has the value:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  GMSGFMT = /sw/bin/msgfmt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[This file does not seem to be present till part of the build has been done; it needs to be modified after it has been created and before it is  used].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Build gramps by typing in Terminal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  ./configure&lt;br /&gt;
  make&lt;br /&gt;
  sudo make install&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In attempting to resolve some of the glitches, I also installed a number of other packages: in Terminal type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  sudo fink install gtkspell2&lt;br /&gt;
  sudo install gnome-spell&lt;br /&gt;
  sudo fink install gnome-spell&lt;br /&gt;
  sudo fink install gnome-python2-py24-dev&lt;br /&gt;
  sudo fink install gnome-python2-py24-vfsmodule&lt;br /&gt;
  sudo fink install gtkspell2-dev&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This did not resolve the issue with the spell checker, but somewhere along the way I seem to have resolved the assert warnings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In one of the updates along the way, I had installed Python version 2.5, which is not good because all the library packages are for 2.4. You will need to switch the default version that Python picks up. In Terminal type: '''sudo ln -sf /sw/bin/python2.4 python'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In '''/usr/local/share/gramps/GrampsWidgets.py''' put:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  try:&lt;br /&gt;
      INFO_ICON = gtk.STOCK_INFO&lt;br /&gt;
  except:&lt;br /&gt;
      INFO_ICON = gtk.STOCK_DIALOG_INFO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Somewhere after 'import gtk' in the section labeled: Constants.  Then change every reference to gtk.STOCK_INFO' to 'INFO_ICON'. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Start X11 by double clicking on the X11 icon in Applications/Utilities (or in Applications, depending on the version of Mac OS X).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Start Gramps, by typing, in xterm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  gramps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a pause &amp;quot;Spelling checker is not installed&amp;quot; appears on the xterm, and then Gramps should start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Glitches ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Help does not work (clicking Help or FAQ etc on the Help menu does nothing).&lt;br /&gt;
* 'Enter' or 'return' does not act as OK for closing windows (the button has to be pressed with the mouse). However Esc does work to exit from the window.&lt;br /&gt;
* The browser and email links under the help menu do nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is not possible to start Gramps by double clicking on a Mac OS icon, nor by double clicking on a Gramps database that is associated with the application. (It should be possible to create an installation that allows this, just as it is available for OpenOffice).&lt;br /&gt;
* The PdfDoc.py plugin cannot be installed because ReportLab is not installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* The LPRDoc.py plugin cannot be loaded because the python bindings for GNOME print are not installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Spell checking does not work (on starting Gramps, an error warning &amp;quot;Spelling checker is not installed&amp;quot; appears on the xterm). The python &amp;quot;bindings for [GNOME print and spell checking] are probably in fink's gnome-python2-desktop-py24 and gnome-python2-extras-py24 packages. Or would be, if fink had them at all, which we don't. They are only viable for for newer versions of gnome itself than fink presently has, or have other dependencies that are not yet satisfiable within fink. We're working on it&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* (Gramps bug 0000940) On starting Gramps, the following assert warnings are output:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
/usr/local/share/gramps/DbLoader.py:99: &lt;br /&gt;
     GtkWarning: gtk_file_system_unix_get_folder: &lt;br /&gt;
         assertion `g_path_is_absolute (filename)' failed&lt;br /&gt;
            choose.set_current_folder(get_default_dir())&lt;br /&gt;
/usr/local/share/gramps/DbLoader.py:153: &lt;br /&gt;
     GtkWarning: gtk_file_system_unix_get_folder: &lt;br /&gt;
        assertion `g_path_is_absolute (filename)' failed&lt;br /&gt;
            choose.set_current_folder(default_dir)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* (Gramps bug 0000940) When running gramps, the following warning is output on xterm - this appears to be when I open a new window:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (gramps:516): libglade-WARNING **: unknown property `urgency_hint' &lt;br /&gt;
                                 for class `GtkDialog'&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* (Gramps bug 0000939) Detection of the availability of gsignal is flawed. In GrampsWidgets.py, there is some code to cater for different versions of gtk.pygtk. I have fink packages pygtk2-gtk-py* version 2.6.3-1 and pygtk2-py* version 2.6.3-2000 installed, so this certainly seems to be version 2.6, and is presumably causing HAVE_2_6 to be set to true. However, on running gramps, I get:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 [name G5:~] name% gramps&lt;br /&gt;
 Traceback (most recent call last):&lt;br /&gt;
   File &amp;quot;/usr/local/share/gramps/gramps.py&amp;quot;, line 97, in ? &lt;br /&gt;
     import gramps_main&lt;br /&gt;
   File &amp;quot;/usr/local/share/gramps/gramps_main.py&amp;quot;, line 47, in ?&lt;br /&gt;
     import ViewManager&lt;br /&gt;
   File &amp;quot;/usr/local/share/gramps/ViewManager.py&amp;quot;, line 68, in ?&lt;br /&gt;
     import GrampsCfg&lt;br /&gt;
   File &amp;quot;/usr/local/share/gramps/GrampsCfg.py&amp;quot;, line 47, in ?&lt;br /&gt;
     from GrampsWidgets import *&lt;br /&gt;
   File &amp;quot;/usr/local/share/gramps/GrampsWidgets.py&amp;quot;, line 1162, in ?&lt;br /&gt;
     class MaskedEntry(gtk.Entry):&lt;br /&gt;
   File &amp;quot;/usr/local/share/gramps/GrampsWidgets.py&amp;quot;, line 1216, in MaskedEntry&lt;br /&gt;
     gsignal('size-allocate', 'override')&lt;br /&gt;
 NameError: name 'gsignal' is not defined&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The problem is worked around as described above.&lt;br /&gt;
* (Gramps-users report 19 Feb 2007) Output of (for example charts) to OpenOffice causes OpenOffice to crash due to a problem with Gramps handling of '&amp;amp;'.&lt;br /&gt;
* (Gramps bug 0000938) Import of a GEDCOM file that contains an invalid date of the form 2 DATE BET ABT 1912 AND 1915 causes the date to appear as blank.&lt;br /&gt;
* (Gramps-devel mailing list 11 Feb 2007) Gramps aborts at startup with the following error:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  File &amp;quot;/usr/local/share/gramps/GrampsWidgets.py&amp;quot;, line 2010, in ?&lt;br /&gt;
    MANDATORY_ICON = gtk.STOCK_INFO&lt;br /&gt;
 AttributeError: 'module' object has no attribute 'STOCK_INFO'{CODE}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This stock item is added in Gtk 2.8 and fink an older Gtk, for more info see: http://www.pygtk.org/docs/pygtk/gtk-stock-items.html. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is worked around by patching the application as above.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Mac_OS_X:Build_from_source:Native_OS_X&amp;diff=972</id>
		<title>Mac OS X:Build from source:Native OS X</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Mac_OS_X:Build_from_source:Native_OS_X&amp;diff=972"/>
		<updated>2007-03-09T11:42:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: Add native OSX install page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== 2.2.x series (Native PPC only) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gramps on OSX native does just about work. It is not as functional as the X11 version (see ) but it does require less dependencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Caveats ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As far as I know I am the only person ever to have got this to work (let me know if you know different: rjt-gramps (at) thegrindstone.me.uk)&lt;br /&gt;
* If you loose your database don't blame me.&lt;br /&gt;
* This is in no way a supported port. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installing dependencies ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need gtk and pygtk and these in turn require Python 2.4.4. The only packaged builds of pygtk/gtk that I know of are at: [http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=175176 http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=175176] , these are only for PPC. If you know of any other packaged builds please let me know. The lack of a universal binary package is the only reason why these instructions will not work on Intel Macs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* install MacPython 2.4.4 from: [http://www.python.org/download/releases/2.4.4/ http://www.python.org/download/releases/2.4.4/]&lt;br /&gt;
* install &amp;quot;1.1 (with Glade) for python2.4&amp;quot; from [http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=175176 http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=175176] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Patching gramps ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you unpack gramps you need to make one small change. The pygtk build has a broken cairo so you need to turn off the cairo support in the Pedigree view, otherwise bad things happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 cd src/DataViews&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
edit _PedigreeView.py, remove the following lines:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 try:&lt;br /&gt;
     import cairo&lt;br /&gt;
     cairo_available = True&lt;br /&gt;
 except:&lt;br /&gt;
     cairo_available = False&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
replace them with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 cairo_available = False&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Running ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no installer for native OSX at the moment. So to run you need to do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 cd src/&lt;br /&gt;
 python gramps.py&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Issues ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I had to export my database from my existing fink based install into gramps XML format and then import it into the native version. I doubt that the two versions will coexist very nicely.&lt;br /&gt;
Many things don't work. I know that drag and drop does not work, there are issues with mouse click on menus going missing and anything that calls an external programme will not work e.g. help etc.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Mac_OS_X:Build_from_source&amp;diff=971</id>
		<title>Mac OS X:Build from source</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://ftp.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Mac_OS_X:Build_from_source&amp;diff=971"/>
		<updated>2007-03-09T11:34:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Rjt: Summary of options for installing GRAMPS on Mac OS X&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;There are two different ways of installing Gramps on Mac OS X. The two linked pages provide step by step instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can install it as a [[native Mac OS X]] application which means that Gramps windows have the normal appearance of Macintosh Windows. This choice has fewer dependencies on installing other components. However, it has the disadvantage that drag and drop does not work, and there are issues with mouse clicks going missing, which make it much more difficult to enter information like sources which apply to many different people in your family tree. This is also in some ways a less mainstream approach so it may be harder to find help if you get into difficulties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other choice is to install it as a [[Mac OS X X11]] application which means that the Gramps windows have an X11 appearance. You could download and install [http://www.openoffice.org/ OpenOffice] which is very easy to do and will show you what an X11 application looks like. Installing OpenOffice will not be wasted, because you will need it to be able to open reports from Gramps. Installing Gramps as an X11 application is achieved by downloading and installing the packages on which Gramps depends using some software called fink. The process is a bit longwinded, but most of the features of Gramps work, and drag and drop and mouse clicks work very well. If you choose this route, you may be able to get some help both from the Gramps community and the fink community.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Rjt</name></author>
		
	</entry>
</feed>